advertisement
optical drive and library
SCSI-2 command reference for models fx, ex and mx
Optical Drive and Library SCSI-2
Command Reference
For fx, ex and mx Models
Edition 4
Manufacturing Part Number: 5969-5727
December 2001
Printed in USA
© Copyright 2001 Hewlett-Packard Company
ii
Notice
This document contains information that is protected by copyright. All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written consent of Hewlett-Packard Company. The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice.
Hewlett-Packard makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this printed material, including, but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Hewlett-
Packard shall not be liable for errors contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with the furnishing, performance, or use of this material.
Revision History
New editions of this manual incorporate all material updated since the previous edition. The manual printing date and part number indicate the current edition. The printing date changes when a new edition is printed.
(Minor corrections and updates incorporated at reprint do not change this date.)
Edition 1:. February 1998
Edition 2:. April 1999
Edition 3:. June 2000
Edition 4:. December 2001
NOTE
Typographical Conventions
The following typographical conventions are used in this manual:
Keycap: Menu choices and screens on the jukebox.
Computer Output : Information displayed in the display window and screen menu items that you can select.
Notes provide information that can be helpful in understanding the operation of the product.
iii
In This Manual
Chapter 1
Chapter 2
Chapter 3
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
SCSI Command Overview: Explains SCSI commands and how they are used with optical drives and jukeboxes. This section does not replace the SCSI-2 Command Specifications.
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set: Lists all supported SCSI commands and explains each command’s structure.
SCSI-2 Jukebox Command Set: Lists all supported SCSI autochanger commands and explains each command’s structure.
Drive Error Codes: Lists all error codes associated with the optical disk drive.
Autochanger Error Codes: Lists all error codes associated with the autochanger or optical disk jukebox system.
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs): Lists all the field replaceable units for optical jukeboxes by part number.
Micro/Macro-Moves: Lists all micro- and macro-moves for the optical jukeboxes.
Programmer’s Tips: Provides information for building optical disk and jukebox drivers, utilities and applications.
iv
Contents
1. SCSI Command Overview
Linked Command Complete (with flag) 0BH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Explanation of the Command Descriptor Block (CDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
2. SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
v
Contents
vi
Contents
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command (1EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
3. Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
vii
Contents
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command (1EH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
viii
Contents
A. Drive Error Codes
B. Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery For all models, EXCEPT 40fx
and 80ex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B-8
C. Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
D. Micro/Macro-Moves
E. Disconnect Timeout Settings
ix
Contents
x
Tables
Table 1-3. Transfer Period Values (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Drives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
Table 2-2. Group 1 and 2 Commands (10-byte command) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Table 2-7. Error Code 70H or 71H Sense Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Table 2-15. Reassign Blocks Command Defect List Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
Table 2-16. Reassign Blocks Command Defect Descriptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Table 2-22. Supported Vital Product Data Pages (00H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-27
Table 2-26. Mode Select (Group 0) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
xi
Tables
Table 2-43. Mode Page 20H Parameter Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49
Table 2-47. Mode Sense (Group 0) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54
xii
Tables
Table 2-63. Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74
Table 2-69. Send Diagnostic Command Page Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77
Table 2-72. Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-79
Table 2-79. Write and Verify (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-90
Table 2-83. Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-96
Table 2-88. Mode Descriptions (For 2.6 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only) . . . . . . . . . 2-100
Table 2-89. Mode Descriptions (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only). . . 2-101
Table 2-93. Mode Descriptions (For 2.6 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only) . . . . . . . . . 2-103
Table 2-94. Mode Descriptions (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only). . . 2-103
xiii
Tables
Table 2-98. Parameter List Data for Byte 8 of the Log Select Command . . . . . . . 2-110
Table 2-103. Error Counter Page for Write Errors 02H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-113
Table 2-104. Parameter Codes/Structure for Write Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-113
Table 2-105. Error Counter Page for Read Errors 03H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114
Table 2-106. Parameter Codes/Structure for Read Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114
Table 2-107. Error Counter Page for Verify Errors 05H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
Table 2-108. Parameter Codes/Structure for Verify Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
Table 2-110. Parameter Pointers/Structure for Last N Error Events Page . . . . . 2-117
Table 2-112. Error Counter Page for Erase Errors 33H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-118
Table 2-113. Parameter Codes/Structure for Erase Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-120
Table 2-114. Error Counter Page for Blank Check Errors 34H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-120
Table 2-115. Parameter Codes/Structure for Blank Check Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-121
Table 2-116. Mode Select (Group 2) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-122
Table 2-119. Mode Select (Group 2) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125
Table 2-127. Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-142
xiv
Tables
Table 2-129. Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-144
Table 3-6. Request Sense Data Parameter Block Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Table 3-7. Sense Key - Additional Sense Length Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Table 3-8. Sense Key Field = Illegal Request (05H) and SKSV Bit = 1. . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Table 3-9. Initialize Element Status Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Table 3-18. Reserve Command Element List Descriptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Table 3-22. Mode Sense Element Address Assignment Page (1DH) Format . . . . . 3-23
Table 3-25. Mode Sense Transport Element Parameter Page (1EH) Format . . . . . 3-25
Table 3-26. Mode Sense Device Capabilities Page (1FH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
Table 3-27. Mode Sense Device Capabilities Page (1FH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
Table 3-28. Autochanger Configuration Mode Page (20H). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
Table 3-29. Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Table 3-30. Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
xv
Tables
Table 3-32. Send Diagnostic Command Parameter List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Table 3-33. Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command CDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Table 3-37. User Accessible Buffers and Allowed Write Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Table 3-38. Write Buffer Data Format When Buffer ID Set to Online Drive
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Table 3-42. User Accessible Buffers and Allowed Read Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
Table 3-43. Read Buffer Data Format When Buffer ID Set to Online Drive
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Table 3-46. Log Sense Parameter Data Available in Each Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Table 3-48. Error/ Recovery/Runtime Log Data Entry Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
Table 3-49. Error Logs Table Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models) . 3-51
Table 3-50. Error Log Entry Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models). . 3-51
Table 3-51. Move Success Log Table Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53
Table 3-54. Recovery Log Data Format (For all models EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Table 3-55. Recovery Log Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
Table 3-56. Recovery Log Entry Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Table 3-57. Error Recovery State (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models) . 3-56
xvi
Tables
Table 3-61. Run-Time Logs Data Format (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Table 3-62. Run-Time Logs Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
Table 3-69. Exchange Medium Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
Table 3-70. Read Element Status Command CDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Table 3-72. Medium Transport Element Descriptor Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
Table 3-73. Read Element Status Storage Element Descriptor Block . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Table 3-74. Read Element Status Import/Export Element Descriptor Block . . . . . 3-72
Table 3-75. Read Element Status Data Transfer Element Descriptor Block . . . . . 3-74
Table A-1. Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0 . . . . . . . . . .A-3
Table A-2. Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
Table B-1. Request Sense - Sense Key Values — Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0. . . . . . . . B-3
Table B-5. Request Sense - Additional Sense Data (For all models, EXCEPT
40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-8
Table B-6. Request Sense - Additional Sense Data (For models 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-14
Table B-7. Hardware Error Codes (medium and large models). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-19
xvii
Tables
Table B-8. Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-22
Table B-11. Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx
models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-32
Table B-12. Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-40
Table B-13. Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx) . . . . . . . . B-44
Table C-1. Jukebox FRUs (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
Table C-2. Jukebox FRUs (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models) . . . . . . . . C-4
Table D-1. HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table (For all models, EXCEPT
40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-2
Table D-2. HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table (For models 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-17
xviii
1 SCSI Command Overview
Chapter 1 1-1
SCSI Command Overview
Optical Drive Control Through SCSI
Optical Drive Control Through SCSI
The optical drive can be controlled by the commands described in this document.
This SCSI command set complies with ANSI X3.131-1994 standards. The role of the host computer and the target or the address of a disk is defined in the SCSI specifications as follows:
Initiator The initiator, usually the host, issues the drive control commands.
Target device The target, usually the drive, receives the command and controls the device.
Addresses All SCSI commands refer to logical addresses unless otherwise stated.
1-2 Chapter 1
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Drive Control Commands
This section describes all specifications, except command specifications of the target. The “SCSI Commands Used by the Target” are described later in this chapter.
SCSI Bus Phases
The target supports the following phases specified in the SCSI standard.
Arbitration phase
When the drive tries to reconnect to an initiator to continue command operations, it waits for the BUS FREE phase, then enters the
ARBITRATION phase.
Selection phase
The selection phase allows an initiator to select a target for the purpose of initiating a target function such as a read or write command. During the selection phase the I/O signal is negated so that this phase can be distinguished from the reselection phase. The drive examines the DATA
BUS to determine the selecting initiator SCSI ID. If it cannot detect the
ID, the drive does not respond to the selection.
Reselection phase
The reselection phase allows the target to reconnect to an initiator to continue the command started by the initiator, but suspended by the target.
Information transfer phase
The command, data, status, and message phases are all grouped together as the information transfer phases because they are all used to transfer data or control information via the data bus.
Chapter 1 1-3
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Data phase
The data phase encompasses both the “data in” phase and the “data out” phase to transfer data to and from the drive. Synchronous and asynchronous data transfers are supported.
The data in phase allows the target to request that data be sent to the initiator from the target.
The data out phase allows the target to request that data be sent from the initiator to the target.
Command phase
The command phase sends the Command Descriptor Block (CDB) from the initiator to the drive.
Message phase
The message phase refers to a message in or a message out phase.
Multiple messages may be sent during either phase. The first byte transferred in either of these phases is either a single-byte message or the first byte of a multiple-byte message. Multiple-byte messages are wholly contained within a single message phase.
Message In phase allows the target to request that messages be sent to the initiator from the target.
Message Out phase allows the target to request that messages be sent from the initiator to the target. The target invokes this phase in response to the attention condition created by the initiator.
See Table 1-1 on page 1-5 for a list of supported messages.
1-4 Chapter 1
Table 1-1
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Target-Supported Messages
Code (hex.) Direction Description
04H
05H
06H
07H
00H
01H
02H
03H
08H
09H
0AH
0BH
Out
Out
In
In
0CH
0DH
Out
Out
0EH Out
20H,21H,22H In/Out
80H-FFH In/Out
In
In/Out
In
In
In
Out
Out
In/Out
Command Complete
Extended Message
Save Data Pointer
Restore Pointers
Disconnect
Initiator-Detected Error
Abort
Message Reject
No Operation
Message Parity Error
Linked Command Complete
Linked Command Complete (with flag)
Bus Device Reset
Abort Tag
Clear Queue
Queue Tag Simple, Head, Ordered
Identify
Chapter 1 1-5
Table 1-2
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
Command Complete 00H
This message is sent from the target to the initiator to indicate that the execution of a command has terminated and that valid status has been sent to the initiator. After successfully sending this message, the target goes to the Bus Free Phase by releasing BSY (Busy).
Extended Message 01H
This message is sent from either the initiator or the drive to indicate that the message is an extended message. The drive supports only the synchronous data transfer request (SDTR) message.
An SDTR message exchange will be initiated by a SCSI device when an arranged data transfer agreement becomes invalid. The agreement becomes invalid after an intermediate status such as:
• Hard reset condition
• BUS DEVICE RESET message
• Wide data transfer message
• Power cycle
The initiator may also initiate a SDTR message exchange when appropriate to negotiate a new data transfer agreement (synchronous or asynchronous).
Extended Message Format
0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Extended Message (01H)
Extended Message Length (03H)
Synchronous Data Transfer Request Code (01H)
Transfer Period Factor (m times 4 nanoseconds)
REQ/ACK Offset (x)
1-6 Chapter 1
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
The transfer period is the minimum time allowed between leading edges of successive REQ pulses and of successive ACK pulses.
The REQ/ACK offset is the maximum number of REQ pulses allowed to be outstanding before the leading edge of its corresponding ACK pulse is received at the target. This value prevents overflow conditions in the device’s reception buffer and offset counter. A REQ/ACK offset value of zero indicates asynchronous mode.
The initiator sets its values according to the rules above that permit it to receive data successfully. If the drive can also receive data successfully with these values (or smaller transfer period or larger REQ/ACK offset or both), it returns the same values in its SDTR message.
Synchronous Negotiation Started by the Initiator
If the initiator recognizes that negotiation is required, it asserts the ATN signal and sends a SDTR message to begin the negotiating process. After successfully completing the MESSAGE OUT phase, the drive will respond with the proper SDTR message. If an abnormal condition prevents the drive from returning an appropriate response, both devices will go to asynchronous mode for data transfers between the two devices.
The drive responds to each initiator requested transfer period as shown
Chapter 1 1-7
Table 1-3
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Transfer Period Values (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Drives)
Drive Response Transfer Period Initiator Requested
Transfer Period Factor
0 <= m i
<= 25
26 <= m i
<= 31
32 <= m i
<=37
38 <= m i
<=43
44 <= m i
<= 50
51 <= m i
<= 56
57 <= m i
<= 62
63 <= m i
<= 68
69 <= m i
<= 75
76 <= m i
<= 255 m m t
= m i m t
= m i m t m m t m t m t m t m t t t
= 25
= m i
= m i
= m i
= m i
= m i
= m
= m i i
100 nsec
150 nsec
175 nsec
200 nsec
225 nsec
250 nsec
275 nsec
300 nsec
Asynchronous
(REQ/ACK offset 0)
The drive responds to each initiator requested REQ/ACK offset as show
1-8 Chapter 1
Table 1-4
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Offset Values (For 5.2 and 9.1 Gbyte Drives)
Drive Response (REQ/ACK Offset) Initiator Requested
(REQ/ACK Offset)
0 <= x i
<= 15
0 <= x i
<= 255 x t x t
= x
= 15 i x t
15
Save Data Pointer 02H
This message is sent from the target to direct the initiator to save a copy of the present active data pointer for the currently attached logical unit.
The drive may issue this message when it disconnects from the SCSI Bus during data transfer.
Restore Pointers 03H
This message is sent from the target to direct the initiator to restore the most recently saved pointers to active state. The target may send this message when a bus error has occurred during the Data In or Status
Phase.
Disconnect 04H
This message is sent from the target to inform an initiator that the present physical path is going to be broken, but that a later reconnect is required to complete current operation.
Initiator-Detected Error 05H
When the target receives this message during Data In or Status Phase, it may retry the transfer after sending a Restore Pointers message.
Abort 06H
This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear the present operation. All pending data and status that was made by the current command is cleared and the target goes to the Bus Free Phase. Pending data and status for other initiators are not cleared. No status or ending message is sent for the operation.
Chapter 1 1-9
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Message Reject 07H
This message is sent from either the initiator or the target to indicate that the last message was inappropriate or has not been implemented.
When the target receives a MESSAGE REJECT message from the initiator, it takes the following action based on which message was rejected.
Command
Complete
Disconnect
The target goes to Bus Free Phase and does not consider this as an error.
The target does not disconnect and continues the current command.
Identify
Linked Command
Complete The target goes to the BUS FREE phase and aborts the command and sets Sense Key/Additional Sense Code to
Aborted Command/Message Error.
Message
Reject
The target goes to the Bus Free Phase and aborts the command. Sense Key/Additional Sense Code is set to
Hardware Error/Message Reject Error.
The target terminates the command with Check Condition status and sets the Sense Key/Additional Sense
Code to Hardware Error/Message Reject Error.
Restore
Pointers The target goes to the Bus Free Phase and sets the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code according to the error condition.
Save Data
Pointers The target does not disconnect and continues the current command.
1-10 Chapter 1
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
No Operation 08H
This message is ignored by the target.
Message Parity Error 09H
When the target receives this message, it retries the operation by resending the original message once. If the message cannot be sent successfully, the target immediately goes to the Bus Free Phase and aborts the current SCSI command. No further reconnection is attempted and no status or COMMAND COMPLETE message is returned for the command. The target sets the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code to
Hardware Error/SCSI Interface Parity Error.
Linked Command Complete 0AH
This message is sent from the drive to an initiator to indicate the execution of a linked command has been completed and that the status has been sent.
Linked Command Complete (with flag) 0BH
This message is sent from the drive to an initiator to indicate the execution of a linked command (with flag bit set to 1) has been completed and that the status has been sent.
Bus Device Reset 0CH
This message is sent from an initiator to reset the target.
Abort Tag 0DH
The drive goes to the BUS FREE phase following successful receipt of the
ABORT TAG message and clears the current I/O process. If the drive already started execution of the I/O process, the execution will be halted.
The medium contents may have been modified before the execution was halted.
Chapter 1 1-11
Table 1-5
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Clear Queue 0EH
The drive goes to the BUS FREE phase following successful receipt of the
CLEAR QUEUE message. The drive clears all I/O processes, from all initiators, in the queue for the specified logical unit from the queue. All active I/O processes are terminated. The medium may have been altered by partially executed commands. All pending status and data for that logical unit for all initiators are cleared. A unit attention condition is generated for all other initiators with I/O processes that either were active or were queued for that logical unit. The additional sense code is set to Command Cleared by Another Initiator.
Queue Tag Messages (20H, 21H, 22H)
The drive supports SIMPLE QUEUE TAG, HEAD OF QUEUE TAG, and
ORDERED QUEUE TAG. The Queue Tag Messages consist of two consecutive bytes, Message Code (20H, 21H, or 22H) and Queue Tag
(00H-FFH) to distinguish each I/O process. The Queue Tag of each I/O process must be unique for each I/O process, but the numeric value of a queue tag has no effect on the order of execution.
Simple Queue Tag
7 6 1 0 Byte
0
1
5 4 3
Message Code (20H)
Queue Tag (00H-FFH)
2
The Simple Queue Tag message specifies that the I/O process be placed in the logical units command queue. The order of the execution may be altered within the constraints of the queue management algorithm specified in the control mode page.
1-12 Chapter 1
Table 1-6
Table 1-7
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Head of Queue Tag
7 6 Byte
0
1
5 4 3
Message Code (21H)
Queue Tag (00H-FFH)
2 1 0
The Head of Queue Tag message specifies that the I/O process be placed first in the logical unit's command queue. When the drive receives a subsequent I/O process received with a Head of Queue Tag message, the
I/O process that has been already done is not interrupted.
Ordered Queue Tag
7 6 1 0 Byte
0
1
5 4 3
Message Code (22H)
Queue Tag (00H-FFH)
2
The Ordered Queue Tag message specifies that the I/O process be placed in the logical unit's command queue for execution in the order received.
All queued I/O processes for the logical unit received prior to this I/O process are executed before this I/O process is executed. All queued I/O processes received after this I/O process are executed after this I/O process, except for I/O processes received with a Head of Queue Tag message.
Identify 80H-FFH
These messages are sent by either the initiator or the target to establish the physical path connection between initiator and target for a particular logical unit.
Bit 7
Bit 6
This bit is always set to 1.
This bit is set to 1 by the initiator to indicate that the initiator has the ability to accommodate the disconnection and reconnection.
Bit 5-3 Reserved.
Chapter 1 1-13
Table 1-8
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Bit 2-0 These bits specify a logical unit number. Only one logical unit number is identified for any one selection sequence.
Status Phase
A status byte is sent from the target to the initiator during the Status
Phase at the termination of each command unless the command is cleared by an ABORT message, a BUS DEVICE RESET message, or a
RESET condition. The target supports the following status codes.
Target-Supported Status Codes
Code (hex.)
10H
14H
18H
28H
00H
02H
04H
08H
Status
Good
Check Condition
Condition Met
Busy
Intermediate/Good
Intermediate Condition Met
Reservation Conflict
Queue Full
Good 00H
This status indicates that the target has successfully completed the command.
Check Condition 02H
Any error, exception, or abnormal condition that causes sense data to be set causes a Check Condition status. The Request Sense Command should be issued following a CHECK CONDITION status to determine the nature of the condition.
Condition Met 04H
This status or Intermediate-Condition Met is returned when the Pre-
Fetch command is satisfied.
1-14 Chapter 1
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Busy 08H
A busy status is returned by the target during powerup until all poweron diagnostic tests have been completed. A busy status is also returned when multiple commands are outstanding in the target, and a media access command is received with the DISC PRIV bit cleared in the identify message.
Intermediate/Good 10H
Unless an error, exception, or abnormal condition causes a Check
Condition status or a Reservation Conflict status, the Intermediate Good status is returned for every command in a series of linked commands, excluding the last command. If this status is not returned, the chain of linked commands is broken; no further commands in the series are executed.
Intermediate Condition Met 14H
This status is the combination of the Condition Met and the
Intermediate statuses.
Reservation Conflict 18H
This status is returned when a SCSI device attempts to access a logical unit that is reserved for another initiator.
Queue Full 28H
This status is returned when a Simple Queue Tag, Ordered Queue Tag, or a Head of Queue Tag message is received and the command queue of the drive is full. The I/O process is not placed in the command queue. The drive can handle 32 I/O processes at a time.
Chapter 1 1-15
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Conditions
Attention Condition
The Attention Condition allows an initiator to inform the target that the initiator has a message ready. The target gets this message at its convenience by performing a Message Out Phase as follows:
1. If the ATN signal becomes true during a COMMAND phase, the drive enters the MESSAGE OUT phase after transferring part or all of the command descriptor block bytes.
2. If the ATN signal becomes true during a DATA phase, the drive enters the MESSAGE OUT phase at the drives earliest convenience.
The initiator will continue REQ/ACK handshakes until it detects the phase change.
3. If the ATN signal becomes true during a STATUS phase, the drive enters the MESSAGE OUT phase after the status byte has been acknowledged by the initiator.
4. If the ATN signal becomes true during a MESSAGE IN phase, the drive enters the MESSAGE OUT phase before it sends another message.
5. If the ATN signal becomes true during a SELECTION phase and before the initiator releases the BSY signal, the drive enters the
MESSAGE OUT phase immediately after that SELECTION phase.
6. If the ATN signal becomes true during a RESELECTION phase, the drive enters the MESSAGE OUT phase after sending its IDENTIFY message for that RESELECTION phase.
Reset Condition
The drive implements the hard reset alternative, upon detection of the
RESET condition. When the drive creates the reset conditions, it clears all I/O processes including queued I/O processes, releases all reservations, returns any SCSI device operating modes (MODE SELECT,
PREVENT/ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL commands, etc.) to their initial conditions, and generates UNIT ATTENTION condition.
1-16 Chapter 1
SCSI Command Overview
Drive Control Commands
Unit Attention Condition
A unit attention condition for a logical unit begins for each initiator for any of the following conditions:
• Poweron or Reset
• Disk Loaded
• Micro Code Change
• Inquiry Data Change
• Mode Select Data Change
The unit attention condition persists for each initiator until that initiator issues a command to the logical unit other than Request Sense or Inquiry for which the target reports a CHECK CONDITION status. If the next command from that initiator to the logical unit (following the CHECK
CONDITION status) is Request Sense, the Unit Attention sense key is returned. (If any command other than Request Sense is received, the unit attention condition is lost.)
If an Inquiry Command is received from an initiator with a pending unit attention condition (before the target reports CHECK CONDITION status), the target performs the Inquiry Command and does not clear the unit attention.
If a Request Sense Command is received from an initiator with a pending unit attention condition (before the target reports a CHECK
CONDITION status), the target discards any pending sense data, reports a Unit Attention sense key, and clears the unit attention condition for that initiator.
Chapter 1 1-17
SCSI Command Overview
SCSI Commands Used by the Target
Figure 1-1
SCSI Commands Used by the Target
This section describes detailed functions of each program supported in the target. Entries are arranged in order of operation code.
Each entry includes:
1. Command name
2. Operation code
3. Brief description of the command
4. Command descriptor block (CDB)
5. Detailed description of the command
Explanation of the Command Descriptor Block (CDB)
The command descriptor block defines the byte and bit layout for each
supported drive command. Chapter 2 contains these specific
descriptions.
Example Command Descriptor Block
NOTE A Reserved field indicates that the field is reserved and must be set to 0 by the initiator.
The Reserved field for returned data contains 0 as well.
1-18 Chapter 1
2 SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Chapter 2 2-1
Table 2-1
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Numerical List of Commands
Numerical List of Commands
The following tables list the SCSI-2 commands numerically, by group.
Group 0 Commands (6-byte command)
Code
(hex.)
00H
01H
03H
04H
07H
08H
0AH
0BH
12H
15H
16H
Name Description Page
Number
Test Unit Ready Provides a means to check if the logical unit is ready
Rezero Unit Moves the optical head to its recalibration position
Request Sense
Format Unit
Requests the detailed error information
Initializes the optical disk
(done only once for unformatted Write-Once disks)
Reassign Blocks Reassigns defective sectors
Read Reads data from the specified logical block address
Write
Seek
Writes data to the specified logical block address
Moves the optical head to the physical track where the specified logical block exists
Inquiry
Mode Select
Reserve
Reads the information related to the controller and the drive unit
Sets optical disk, drive unit, or controller unit parameters
Gains the exclusive control of a specified logical unit
2-2 Chapter 2
Table 2-1
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Numerical List of Commands
Group 0 Commands (6-byte command)
Code
(hex.)
17H
1AH
1BH
1CH
1DH
1EH
Name Description Page
Number
Release
Mode Sense
Releases a specified logical unit from the reservation state
Reads optical disk, drive unit, or controller unit parameters
Start/Stop Unit Starts or stops rotating the optical disk, and/or ejects the optical disk from the drive unit
Receive
Diagnostic
Results
Requests analysis data be sent to the initiator
Send Diagnostic Requests the disk controller to perform diagnostic tests
Prevent/Allow
Medium
Removal
Prevents or allows removal of the optical disk in the logical unit
Chapter 2 2-3
Table 2-2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Numerical List of Commands
Group 1 and 2 Commands (10-byte command)
Code
(hex.)
25H
28H
2AH
2BH
2CH
2EH
2FH
34H
35H
37H
Name Description Page
Number
Read Capacity Reads the capacity of the optical disk
Read Reads data from the specified logical block address
Write
Seek
Writes data to the specified logical block address
Moves the optical head to the physical track where the specified logical block exists
Erase
Write and
Verify
Verify
Executes erase operation from the specified logical block address on rewritable disks only
Writes data to the optical disk and then verifies the written data by checking the error correction code
Verifies the data starting from the specified logical block address by checking the error correction code
Synchronize
Cache
Read Defect
Data
number of data blocks starting from the specified logical block address to cache memory
Initiates the writing of all cached write data to the optical disk
Reads the optical disk defect information
2-4 Chapter 2
Table 2-2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Numerical List of Commands
Group 1 and 2 Commands (10-byte command)
Code
(hex.)
3BH
3CH
3EH
3FH
4CH
4DH
55H
Name
Write Buffer
Read Buffer
Read Long
Write Long
Log Select
Log Sense
Mode Select
Description Page
Number
Writes data to the controller data buffer.
Reads data from the controller data buffer
Reads data from the specified logical block address including
ECC data
Writes data to the specified logical block address without using the ECC generation circuitry
Clears drive resident logs and odometers
Reads drive resident logs and odometers
Sets optical disk, drive unit, or controller unit parameters
Chapter 2 2-5
Table 2-3
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Numerical List of Commands
Group 5 Commands (12-byte command)
Code
(hex.)
A8H
AAH
ACH
AEH
AFH
B7H
DEH
DFH
Name Description
Read
Write
Read Defect
Data
Read Long
Reads data from the specified logical block address
Writes data to the specified logical block address
Erase
Write and Verify Writes data to the optical disk and then verifies the written data by checking the error correction code
Verify
Executes erase operation from the specified logical block address on rewritable disks only
Verifies the data starting from the specified logical block address by checking the error correction code
Reads the optical disk defect information
Reads data starting at a specified logical block address, including error correction code data
Write Long Writes data starting at the specified logical block address, without using error correction code generation circuitry
Page
2-6 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Numerical List of Commands
Flag, Link, and RelAdr
Many commands have bits named Flag, Link and RelAdr. The definitions of these bits are:
A Link bit of 1 indicates that the drive links to the next command upon successful completion of the current command. When the command is terminated successfully, the drive returns the INTERMEDIATE/GOOD status and the LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE or the LINKED
COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) message depending on the state of the Flag bit. The Flag bit may be set to 1 only when the Link bit is 1. If this bit is set to 1 with the Link bit, the drive returns the LINKED
COMMAND COMPLETE (WITH FLAG) message upon successful completion of the command. If this bit is set to 0, it returns the LINKED
COMMAND COMPLETE message.
The Relative Address (RelAdr) bit is set to 1 to indicate that the logical block address of the command descriptor block is a two's complement displacement. This negative or positive displacement is added to the logical block address last accessed on the drive to form the logical block address for this command.
Chapter 2 2-7
Table 2-4
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Test Unit Ready Command (00H)
Test Unit Ready Command (00H)
This command determines the READY state of a drive. If the drive is in a
READY state when it receives this command, it returns a GOOD status.
A drive is in the READY state when the optical disk is loaded and spun up, and a read or write operation could successfully complete.
If the drive is not ready when it receives this command, it returns a
CHECK CONDITION with a sense key of NOT READY.
Test Unit Ready Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (00H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
2-8 Chapter 2
Table 2-5
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Rezero Unit Command (01H)
Rezero Unit Command (01H)
The Rezero Unit Command is identical to the Test Unit Ready Command
(see the previous page).
Rezero Unit Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (01H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Chapter 2 2-9
Table 2-6
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
Request Sense Command (03H)
This command determines the specific error condition when a drive fails to complete a command and returns a CHECK CONDITION status.
Sense data is preserved for the initiator until retrieved by a Request
Sense Command or until the same drive receives another command.
Internal Error Codes are used to represent the error condition and can be used to determine what type of error recovery procedure is appropriate.
Request Sense Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (03H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length (Table 2-7 on page 2-11)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
The Allocation Length indicates the number of bytes of sense data that the drive transfers to the initiator. This drive has 22 bytes of sense data.
If an allocation length specified is less, then the allocated amount is transferred, the remaining sense data is lost, and no error will be reported. If an allocated length specified is greater, then only 22 bytes of sense data are transferred and no error will be reported.
2-10 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
Sense Data Format
Error Code 70H or 71H Sense Data Format Table 2-7
Byte
12
13
14
15
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
16
17
18
19
20
21
7
Valid
6
Reserved (0)
SKSV
5 4 3 2
ILI
Error Code (70H or 71H)
Reserved (0)
Rsvd (0)
Information (MSByte)
Sense Key
Information Byte
Information Byte
Information (LSByte)
Additional Sense Length (0EH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Additional Sense Code
Additional Sense Code Qualifier
Reserved (0)
Sense Key Specific Information
Sense Key Specific Information
Sense Key Specific Information
Internal Error Code (MSByte)
Internal Error Code
Internal Error Code
Internal Error Code (LSByte)
1 0
Chapter 2 2-11
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
Valid A Valid bit of 1 indicates the information field contains valid information.
A Valid bit of 0 indicates that the information field does not contain valid data.
Error Code An Error Code of 70H indicates that the CHECK
CONDITION status returned is the result of an I/O process that returned CHECK CONDITION status.
An Error Code of 71H indicates that the CHECK
CONDITION status returned is the result of an error occurring during a previous command that returned
GOOD status.
ILI
Information If the Valid bit is set to 1, the Information Bytes contain one of the following:
(1) The logical block address associated with the sense key.
An Incorrect Length Indicator bit of 1 usually indicates that the requested logical block length did not match the logical block length of the data on the medium.
(2) The difference (residue) of the requested length minus the actual length in bytes, as determined by the command, when the ILI bit is set.
SKSV A Sense Key Specific Valid bit of 1 indicates that the
Sense Key Specific Information is valid.
A SKSV bit of 0 indicates that there is no sense key specific information.
Sense Key Specific
Information If the Sense Key is set to 5-Illegal Request and the
SKSV bit is set to 1, the sense key specific field is
defined in Table 2-8 on page 2-13.
If the Sense Key is set to 2-(Not Ready) and the
Additional Sense Code/Additional Sense Code Qualifier is set to 04/04-(Logical Unit Not Ready, Format in
Progress) and the SKSV bit is set to 1, the sense key
specific field is defined in Table 2-9 on page 2-14.
2-12 Chapter 2
Table 2-8
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
Field Pointer Types
Sense Key Field Pointer Types
Byte
15
7
SKSV
(1)
16
17
6
C/D
5 4 3
Reserved (0) BPV
Field Pointer (MSByte)
Field Pointer (LSByte)
2 1
Bit Pointer
0
C/D
BPV
A Command Data bit of 1 indicates that the illegal parameter is in the CDB.
A Command Data bit of 0 indicates that the illegal parameter is in the data sent by the initiator during the
Data-Out phase.
A Bit Pointer Valid bit of 1 indicates that the Bit Pointer field specifies which bit of the byte designated by the
Field Pointer field is in error.
A Bit Pointer Valid bit of 0 indicates that the Bit Pointer field is not valid.
Bit Pointer When the Bit Pointer Valid bit is 1, the Bit Pointer field specifies which bit of the byte designated by the Field
Pointer field is in error. When a multiple-bit field is in error, the pointer points to the most significant byte of the field.
Field Pointer The Field Pointer indicates which byte of the command descriptor block or the parameter data was in error.
Bytes are numbered starting from 0. When a multiplebyte field is in error, the pointer points to the mostsignificant byte of the field.
Bytes identified as being in error are not necessarily the bytes that need to be changed to correct the problem.
Chapter 2 2-13
Table 2-9
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
Progress Indication Field Bytes
6 5 Byte
15
7
SKSV
(1)
16
17
4 3
Reserved (0)
2
Progress Indication (MSByte))
Progress Indication (LSByte)
1 0
Progress
Indication The progress indication field value is a percent complete indication in which the returned value is the numerator that has 10000H as its denominator.
Internal Error
Code The Internal Error Code provides detailed information about the failure.
2-14 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Format Unit Command (04H)
Format Unit Command (04H)
This command is used to initialize the optical disk surface.
NOTE The format parameters may be set using the Mode Select Commands
(15H or 55H) before executing the Format Unit Command.
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
Table 2-10
7
Rsvd
Format Unit Command CDB
6
Reserved (0)
ErsCntl
5 4 3
Operation Code (04H)
FmtDta CmpLst
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
2 1
Defect List Format
MkCDA
Flag
0
MkPlst
Link
NOTE The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks.
The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and
Verify 650 Mbyte optical disks.
If this command is issued with any of these drive/media combinations, a
CHECK CONDITION status will result with the Sense Key/Additional
Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
FmtDta A Format Data bit of 1 indicates that the command includes a Data Out Phase consisting of a 4-byte Defect
List Header.
A FmtDta bit of 0 indicates that the command does not include a Data Out Phase.
Chapter 2 2-15
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Format Unit Command (04H)
CmpLst A Complete List bit of 1 indicates that the previous
G-list is not used to make the defect list.
A CmpLst bit of 0 indicates the previous G-list is added to the defect list.
Defect List
Format
MkCDA
MkPlst
ErsCntl
The Defect List Format can be either Block Format (0) or Physical Sector Format (5).
Has no effect on the drive.
Has no effect on the drive.
An Erase Control bit of 0 indicates that an erase is automatically performed before writing the data when the drive is directed to perform the certify operation by the initiator.
An Erase Control bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.
For Write-Once, this command can be executed only once during the lifetime of a disk. When an initiator attempts to execute the Format Unit command more than once for write-once media a CHECK CONDITION status is returned. The Sense Key/Additional Sense Code is set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST/Invalid Command Operation Code.
2-16 Chapter 2
Table 2-11
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Format Unit Command (04H)
Format Unit Command Defect List
The Format Unit command Defect List consists of the Defect List Header and zero or more multi-byte Defect Descriptor(s).
Format Unit Defect List Header
Byte
0
1
2
3
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FOV Rsvd
(0)
DCRT
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Defect List Length (MSByte)
Defect List Length (LSByte)
Immed Rsvd
(0)
FOV
DCRT
Immed
A Format Options Valid bit of 1 indicates that the DCRT
(Disable Certification) and Immed (Immediate) fields contain valid information.
A FOV bit of 0 indicates that the DCRT and Immed fields do not contain valid information.
A Disable Certification bit of 1 indicates the drive does not certify the optical disk during the format process.
A DCRT bit of 0 indicates that the drive certifies the optical disk during the format process.
When the FOV bit is set to 0, the DCRT bit must also be set to 0.
DCRT does not apply to Write-Once disks.
When the Immediate bit is set to 1, it indicates a status of GOOD is returned before the format operation is begun.
An Immed bit of 0 indicates a GOOD status is returned when the format is complete.
Defect List
Length The Defect List Length is the total length in bytes of the
Defect Descriptors that follow.
Chapter 2 2-17
Table 2-12
Table 2-13
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Format Unit Command (04H)
Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor
7 Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
6 5 4 3 2
Track Number of Defect (MSByte)
Track Number of Defect
Track Number of Defect (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Sector Number of Defect
1
Block Format Defect Descriptor
7 6 Byte
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Reserved (0)
Defect Block Address (MSByte)
Defect Block Address
Defect Block Address (LSByte)
1
0
0
2-18 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Reassign Blocks Command (07H)
Table 2-14
Table 2-15
Reassign Blocks Command (07H)
This command reassigns defective sectors. A defect list containing the
Logical Block Addresses to be reassigned is transferred to the drive.
Data in the defective sector is moved to the replacement sector.
Reassign Blocks Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (07H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Reassign Blocks Command Defect List
The Reassign Blocks command defect list is made up of a 4-byte Defect
List Header and zero or more 4-byte Defect Descriptor blocks.
Reassign Blocks Command Defect List Header
7 6 1 0 Byte
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Defect List Length (MSByte)
Defect List Length (LSByte)
Chapter 2 2-19
Table 2-16
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Reassign Blocks Command (07H)
Defect List
Length The Defect List Length is the total length in bytes of the
Defect Descriptors that follow.
Reassign Blocks Command Defect Descriptor
7 0 Byte
2
3
0
1
6 6 4 3 2 1
Reserved (0)
Defective Block Logical Address (MSByte)
Defective Block Logical Address
Defective Block Logical Address (LSByte)
Each defective sector is decoded to a physical block address and that physical sector is added to the SDL (Secondary Defect List).
2-20 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read (Group 0) Command (08H)
NOTE
Table 2-17
Read (Group 0) Command (08H)
This command reads data from the specified logical block address. A maximum length of 256 logical blocks can be read using the Group 0
Read Command. If the number of logical blocks exceeds 256, use the
Group 1 Read command.
The Mode Select Commands (15H or 55H) impact all read, write, format and erase commands.
Read (Group 0) Command CDB
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (08H)
Logical Unit Number (0) Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Starting Logical Block Address
Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)
PBA
Transfer Length
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Transfer
Length
PBA
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be read. A Transfer
Length of 0 specifies that 256 logical blocks are to be read. Any other value specifies the number of logical blocks to be read.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used. A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
Chapter 2 2-21
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read (Group 0) Command (08H)
When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 4X/ 8X/14X media, 1024 byte/sector 8X/14X media, or 2048 14X media, it is not possible to address all logical blocks on the disk because those media types contain >2
21 logical blocks.
When this command is used with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.
2-22 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write (Group 0) Command (0AH)
NOTE
Table 2-18
NOTE
NOTE
Write (Group 0) Command (0AH)
This command writes data starting at the specified logical block address.
The Mode Select Commands (15H or 55H) impact all read, write, format and erase commands.
Write (Group 0) Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (0AH)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Starting Logical Block Address
(MSByte)
PBA
Starting Logical Block Address
Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Ers
Cntl
Transfer Length
Reserved (0 Flag Link
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks.
The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and
Verify 650 Mbyte optical disks.
If this command is issued with any of these drive/media combinations, a
CHECK CONDITION status will result with the Sense Key/Additional
Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
For Write-Once media, byte 5, bit 6 and bit 7 are reserved.
Chapter 2 2-23
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write (Group 0) Command (0AH)
Transfer Length The Transfer Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be written. A
Transfer Length of 0 specifies that 256 logical blocks are to be written.
PBA A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
ErsCntl If the Erase Control bit is set to 0, an erase is automatically performed before writing the data.
An Erase Control bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.
When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 4X/ 8X/14X media, 1024 byte/sector 8X/14X media, or 2048 14X media, it is not possible to address all logical blocks on the disk because those media types contain >2
21 logical blocks.
For write-once optical disks, blank checking is performed before writing data. If a written block is detected during blank checking, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Overwrite Attempted.
When this command is used with 14X 512 OR 1024 byte/sector media, setting the ErsCntl bit or the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.
2-24 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Seek (Group 0) Command (0BH)
Table 2-19
NOTE
NOTE
Seek (Group 0) Command (0BH)
This command seeks the optical head to the physical track where the specified logical block exists.
Seek (Group 0) Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (0BH)
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
PBA
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
PBA A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 4X/ 8X/14X media, 1024 byte/sector 8X/14X media, or 2048 14X media, it is not possible to address all logical blocks on the disk because those media types contain >2
21 logical blocks.
When this command is used with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.
Chapter 2 2-25
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
Table 2-20
Inquiry Command (12H)
This command sends controller and drive information to the initiator.
Inquiry Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit
Number (0)
Operation Code (12H)
Reserved (0)
VPD Identifier
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length
Reserved (0)
1
Flag
0
EVPD
Link
EVPD
Page Code
(8X and 14X only). An enable vital product data bit of
1 specifies that the drive shall return the optional vital product data specified by the page code field. An enable vital product data bit of 0 specifies that the drive shall return the standard INQUIRY data.
The page code field specifies which page of vital product
data information the drive shall return (Table 2-21).
Allocation
Length This field specifies the number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for the return data. An Allocation
Length of 0 is not an error and indicates that no data will be returned. The initiator will terminate the data in phase when all available inquiry data has been returned or when allocation length bytes have been returned, whichever is less.
If an inquiry command is received from an initiator with a pending UNIT ATTENTION (before the drive reports
CHECK CONDITION status), the drive performs the
INQUIRY command and does not clear the UNIT
ATTENTION condition.
2-26 Chapter 2
Table 2-21
Table 2-22
Table 2-23
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
Vital Product Data Page Codes
Page Code
00H
80H
C1H
Description
Supported Vital Product Data Pages
Unit Serial Number Page
Unique Media ID (UMID) Page
Supported Vital Product Data Pages (00H)
Byte
4
5
6
2
3
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type
Page Code (00H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (03H)
First Supported VPD Page (00H)
Second Supported VPD Page (80H)
Third Supported VPD Page (C1H)
Unit Serial Number Page (80H)
Byte
2
3
0
1
4-13
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type
Page Code (80H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (0AH)
Product Serial Number (10 ASCII characters)
0
0
Chapter 2 2-27
Table 2-24
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
Unique Media ID Page (C1H)
Byte
4-5
6-8
9-11
2
3
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Peripheral Qualifier Peripheral Device Type
Page Code (C1H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (08H)
Unique Media ID Bytes 1-2
Unique Media ID Bytes 3-5
Unique Media ID Bytes 6-8
0
The Unique Media ID Bytes 1-2 field is “HP” in ASCII.
The Unique Media ID Bytes 3-5 field is a three-byte binary representation of the serial number of the drive which wrote the UMID on the media.
The Unique Media ID Bytes 6-8 field is a three-byte random number.
2-28 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
Table 2-25 Inquiry Command Returned Data
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0
1
2
3
4
Peripheral Qualifier
RMB
(1)
ISO Version (0)
Device Type Modifier (0)
ECMA Version (0)
Peripheral Device Type
Response Data Format (2)
ANSI-Approved Version (2)
5-6
7 RelAdr
(1)
WBus32
(0)
WBus16
(0)
Additional Sense Length (33H) a
Reserved (0)
Sync
(1)
Linked
(1)
Rsvd
(0)
Cmd
Que (1)
8-15
16-31
Vendor Identification “HP~~~~~~” (ASCII) b
Product Identification “C1113J~~~~~~~~~~” (ASCII) b
(“C1113F~~~~~~~~~~” for 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives)
Product Revision Level (Current firmware version in ASCII) 32-35
36-39
40-49
Manufacturing Date Code (Current ASCII data)
Serial Number (Current ASCII data)
50-55 a.This field is always 33H.
b.The ~ represents blank spaces.
Drive Identifier “8XMO~~” (ASCII) b
(“4XMO~~” for 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives)
SftRe
(0)
Chapter 2 2-29
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
If the drive is properly connected and responds to SCSI selection, the
Peripheral Qualifier field is set to 000. If Direct Access Inquiry Response
(DAIR) has been enabled, the Peripheral Device Type field is set 00H,
(Direct Access Device). Otherwise, the Peripheral Device Type field is set to 07H (Optical Memory Device). Because the drive does not support logical unit 1 through 7, an Inquiry command to these logical units always returns 011 for the Peripheral Qualifier and 1FH (Unknown Device Type) for the Peripheral Device Type.
RMB The Removable Media Bit is set to 1 for removable optical disks. The drive only supports removable optical disks, so this bit is always 1.
Device Type
Modifier The drive is not using the Device Type Modifier field and will return 0.
ISO, ECMA and
ANSI-Approved
Versions Approved Version fields indicate compliance of the current firmware to these standards.
Additional Sense
Length This field indicates the length in bytes of the additional parameters. This field is always 33H.
RelAdr
WBus32
The Relative Addressing bit is set to 1, which indicates that the drive supports relative addressing mode.
The Wide Bus 32 bit of 0 indicates that the drive supports only 8-bit wide data transfers.
WBus16
Sync
Linked
CmdQue
SftRe
The Wide Bus 16 bit of 0 indicates that the drive supports only 8-bit wide data transfers.
The Synchronous transfer bit of 1 indicates that the drive supports synchronous data transfer.
The Linked command bit of 1 indicates that the drive supports linked commands.
The Command queuing bit of 1 indicates that the drive supports tagged command queuing.
The Soft Reset bit of 0 indicates that the drive responds to the RESET condition with the hard RESET.
2-30 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Table 2-26
Mode Select Command (15H)
This command sets optical disk and drive parameters for read, write, format, and erase commands.
Mode Select (Group 0) Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (15H)
PF (1) Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
SP
Parameter List Length (Table 2-27 on page 2-32)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
SP A Save Pages bit of 1 indicates that the target performs the specified MODE SELECT operation, and saves all the savable pages to non-volatile RAM.
An SP bit of 0 indicates the target performs the specified
MODE SELECT operation, and does not save any pages.
Parameter List
Length This byte indicates the number of bytes of parameter data being transferred during the DATA OUT phase, including the header. A length of 0 indicates that no data will be transferred.
Chapter 2 2-31
Table 2-27
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Mode Page Codes
Page Code Parameter
List Length
01H 12
02H
08H
0AH
0BH
20H
21H
16
12
8
8
12
12
Description
Read-Write Error Recovery Page
Disconnect-Reconnect Page
Caching Page
Control Mode Page
Medium Type Supported
Vendor Unique Format Page
Vendor Unique Page
The Mode Select Parameter List contains a 4-byte header, followed by 0 or 1 block descriptors and 0 or more pages.
A Mode Page of 00H will be rejected and no error will be reported.
2-32 Chapter 2
Table 2-28
Table 2-29
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Mode Select Header
Mode Select Header
7 6 Byte
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Reserved (0)
Medium Type
Reserved (0)
Block Descriptor Length
1 0
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
The Medium Type field shall be set to 00H (Default, only one medium type supported), 02H (Write-once medium), or 03H (Optical Reversible or
Erasable medium). The Block Descriptor Length specifies the length in bytes of the block descriptor. It shall be equal to 0 or 8. A Block
Descriptor Length of zero indicates that the block descriptor is not included in the parameter list. This condition is not considered to be an error.
Mode Select Block Descriptor
7 6 1 0 5 4 3 2
Density Code
Number of Blocks (MSByte)
Number of Blocks
Number of Blocks (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Block Length (MSByte)
Block Length
Block Length (LSByte)
All fields in the Block Descriptor have no effect on the drive.
Chapter 2 2-33
Table 2-30
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Read-Write Error Recovery
Read-Write Error Recovery Page 01H
Byte
0
1
2
7 6
Reserved (0)
AWRE Rsvd
(0)
3
4-7
8
9-11
5 4 3 3 1 0
TB
Page Code (01H)
Page Length (0AH)
RC Rsvd
(0)
PER DTE DCR
Read Retry Count
Reserved (0)
Write Retry Count
Reserved (0)
AWRE An Automatic Write Reallocation Enable bit of 1 enables the automatic reallocation of defective sectors during the write operation of the Write commands
(0AH, 2AH, AAH), Write and Verify commands (2EH,
AEH), and Write Long (3FH, DFH).
For rewritable disks, automatic reallocation of defective sectors occurs during these additional erase operations:
Erase 2CH and Erase ACH.
AWRE cannot be disabled on Write-Once media.
TB
RC
A Transfer Block bit of 1 indicates that a data block that is not recovered within the recovery limits specified is transferred to the initiator before CHECK CONDITION status is returned.
A TB bit of 0 indicates that such a data block is not transferred to the initiator.
A Read Continuous bit of 1 indicates that error correction codes are not used for data error recovery.
A Read Continuous bit of 0 allows the use of error correction codes for data error recovery.
2-34 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
PER
DTE
DCR
A Post Error bit of 1 indicates that the target reports recovered errors.
A PER bit of 0 indicates that the target does not report recovered errors.
A Disable Transfer on Error bit of 1 indicates that the target terminates the data phase upon detection of a recovered error.
A DTE bit of 0 indicates that the target does not terminate the data phase upon detection of a recovered error.
A Disable Correction bit of 1 indicates that error correction codes are not used for data error recovery.
A DCR bit of 0 allows the use of error correction codes for data error recovery.
Read Retry
Count
Write Retry
Count
The Read Retry Count field specifies the number of times the target attempts recovery of a read operation before reporting an error.
The Write Retry Count field specifies the number of times the target attempts recovery of a write operation before reporting an error.
Chapter 2 2-35
Table 2-31
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Disconnect-Reconnect
The disconnect-reconnect page provides the initiator the means to tune the performance of the SCSI bus.
Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H
0 Byte
4-9
10
11
12-15
2
3
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Reserved (0) Page Code (02H)
Page Length (0EH)
Buffer Full Ratio
Buffer Empty Ratio
Reserved (0)
Maximum Burst Size (MSByte)
Maximum Burst Size (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
1
Buffer Full
Ratio
Buffer Empty
Ratio
This field has no effect on the drive.
This field has no effect on the drive.
Maximum Burst
Size This field indicates the maximum amount of data that the target transfers during a data phase before disconnecting if the initiator has granted the disconnect privilege. This value is expressed in increments of 512 bytes (e.g. a value of one means 512 bytes, two means
1024 bytes, etc.). A value of zero indicates there is no limit on the amount of data transferred per connection.
2-36 Chapter 2
Table 2-32
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Caching Page 08H
The caching parameters table defines the parameters that affect the use of the cache.
Caching Page 08H
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
10
11
8
9
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Reserved (0) Page Code (08H)
Page Length (0AH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
WCE MF
Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (MSByte)
Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (LSByte)
Minimum Pre-fetch (MSByte)
Minimum Pre-fetch (LSByte)
Maximum Pre-fetch (MSByte)
Maximum Pre-fetch (LSByte)
Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling (MSByte)
Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling (LSByte)
0
RCD
With write caching enabled, data integrity of the information in the buffer is not guaranteed through power cycling.
WCE
RCD
A Write Cache Enable bit of 1 indicates write caching is enabled.
A Write Cache Enable bit of 0 indicates write caching is disabled.
A Read Cache Disable bit of 1 indicates read ahead is disabled.
A Read Cache Disable bit of 0 indicates read ahead is enabled.
Chapter 2 2-37
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
MF
Disable Pre-fetch
Transfer
Length This field sets the threshold value for pre-fetching data during reads. If the number of blocks to be read is greater than this value, no pre-fetching occurs.
Minimum
Pre-fetch
The Multiplication Factor bit is set to 1 and cannot be changed. This bit is used with the Minimum and
Maximum Pre-fetch fields during READ operations. If this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a
CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key/additional sense code set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/
Invalid Parameter List.
The default value is 1 and cannot be changed. If this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a CHECK
CONDITION status is returned with the Sense Key/
Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid
Parameter List. Since the MF bit is 1 and the Minimum
Pre-fetch bit is also 1, the Minimum Pre-fetch size is equal to the READ transfer length. This field does not affect the operation of the drive.
Maximum
Pre-fetch The default value is 1 and cannot be changed. If this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a CHECK
CONDITION status is returned with the Sense Key/
Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid
Parameter List. Since the MF bit is 1 and the Maximum
Pre-fetch bit is also 1, the Maximum Pre-fetch size is equal to the READ transfer length. This field does not affect the operation of the drive.
Maximum
Pre-fetch
Ceiling The Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling field does not affect the operation of the drive and can be set to 32 or 64. If another value is set, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid Parameter List.
2-38 Chapter 2
Table 2-33
Table 2-34
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Control Mode Page 0AH
Control Mode Page 0AH
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2
0
1
2
3
Reserved (0) Page Code (0AH)
Page Length (06H)
Reserved (0)
Queue Algorithm Modifier a Reserved
4-7 Reserved (0) a.For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives only.
1 0
DQue
Queue Algorithm
Modifier The queue algorithm modifier field specifies restrictions on the algorithm used for reordering commands that are tagged with the Simple Queue Tag message.
DQue A Disabled Queuing bit of 1 indicates that command queuing is disabled.
A Disabled Queuing bit of 0 indicates command queuing is enabled.
Queue Algorithm Modifier
Value
0H
01H
2H - 0FH
Definition
Restricted reordering
Unrestricted reordering allowed
Reserved
A value of zero (0) in this field specifies that the target will order the actual execution sequence of the commands with a SIMPLE QUEUE
TAG such that data integrity is maintained for that initiator.
A value of one (1) in this field specifies that the target may reorder the actual execution of the commands with a SIMPLE QUEUE TAG in any manner.
Chapter 2 2-39
Table 2-35
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Medium Types Supported Page 0BH
Medium Types Supported Page 0BH
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
6
7
7 6 5 4 3 2
Reserved (0) Page Code (0BH)
Page Length (06H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Medium Type One Supported
(02H — Optical Write-once Medium)
Medium Type Two Supported
(03H — Optical Erasable Medium)
Medium Type Three Supported (00H)
Medium Type Four Supported (00H)
1 0
The medium types supported page contains a list of the medium types implemented by the target for logical units.
The code values for each medium type supported by the target (up to four maximum) and defined in the MODE SELECT command are reported in ascending order.
If only the default medium type is supported, 0 is reported. If less than four medium types are supported, the unused entries are returned as 0.
2-40 Chapter 2
Table 2-36
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Valid Medium Type Combinations
Byte
4
5
6
7
Field
Name
Setting
1
(default)
02H
Setting
2
00H Medium
Type 1
Supported
Medium
Type 2
Supported
Medium
Type 3
Supported
Medium
Type 4
Supported
03H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
00H
02H
03H
Setting
3
02H
00H
00H
00H
Default Rewritable optical disks only
Write-Once medium
Rewritable medium
Setting
4
03H
00H
00H
00H
Chapter 2 2-41
Table 2-37
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Vendor Unique Format Page 20H
Vendor Unique Format Page 20H
Byte
0
1
2
3-11
7 6
Reserved (0)
5 4 3 2
Page Code (20H)
Page Length (0AH)
Format Mode
Format Type Specific Data
1
The drive supports Format Mode 03H and 04H.
Format Mode 03H is for 650-Mbyte optical disks
Format Mode 04H is for 1.3-, 2.6-, 5.2-, and 9.1-Gbyte optical disks.
0
2-42 Chapter 2
Table 2-38
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Format Mode 03H
Format Mode 03H supports two types of format (type 0 and type 1) by setting byte 3.
Format Mode 03H - Type 0
7 6 1 0 Byte
8
9
6
7
10
11
4
5
2
3
5 4 3 2
Format Mode (03H)
Type 00H
Size of User Band (MSByte)
Size of User Band
Size of User Band
Size of User Band (LSByte)
Size of Spare Band (MSByte)
Size of Spare Band (LSByte)
Number of Bands (MSByte)
Number of Bands (LSByte)
Size of User
Band The Size of User Band field indicates the length of each user band in number of logical blocks.
Size of Spare
Band The Size of Spare Band field indicates the length of each spare band in number of logical blocks.
Number of
Bands The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the disk. The drive can read and write multi-band formatted disks, but can create only single-band disks.
Chapter 2 2-43
Table 2-39
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Format Mode 03H - Type 1
7 6 Byte
8
9
6
7
10
11
4
5
2
3
5 4 3 2
Format Mode (03H)
Type 01H
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Number of Bands (MSByte)
Number of Bands (LSByte)
Size of Spare Bands (MSByte)
Size of Spare Bands (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
1 0
Type 1 format exists for compatibility. An initiator cannot change the parameters of this page.
Number of
Bands The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the disk.
Size of Spare
Band The Size of User Band field indicates the length of each spare band in number of logical blocks.
2-44 Chapter 2
Table 2-40
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Format Mode 04H
7 6 Byte
2
3-9
10
11
Number of
Bands
5 4 3
Format Mode (04H)
Reserved (0)
2
Number of Bands (MSByte)
Number of Bands (LSByte)
1 0
The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the disk and can be set to 1 (01H), 16 (10H), 30 (1EH), or 34
(22H).
The Number of Bands for 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives include
1 (01H), 16 (10H), 24 (18H), 30 (1EH), 34 (22H), 38 (26H), or 45 (2DH).
Chapter 2 2-45
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Vendor Unique Page 21H
Vendor Unique Page 21H Table 2-41
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
6
7-11
7
DWR
S1-8
S2-8
6
Reserved (0)
Quick
Disconnect
S1-7
S2-7
5 4 3 2 1
Page Code (21H)
Page Length (0AH)
Rsvd (0)
Reserved (0)
Force
Verify
Reserved (0)
S1-6
S2-6
S1-5
S2-5
Reserved (0)
S1-4
S2-4
Reserved (0)
S1-3
S2-3
S1-2
S2-2
DOM
0
DAIR
S1-1
S2-1
FWC
DAIR A Direct Access Inquiry Response bit of 1 indicates the
Peripheral Device Type field in the Inquiry Data indicates "Direct Access Device."
DWR
A DAIR bit of 0 indicates "Optical Memory Device" in the Peripheral Device Type field in the Inquiry Data.
A Disable Write Reordering bit of 1 indicates write reordering is not enabled.
A DWR bit of 0 indicates write reordering is enabled.
Quick
Disconnect A Quick Disconnect bit of 1 enables SCSI bus disconnection before command validation on performance path commands (i.e. reads, writes).
A Quick Disconnect bit of 0 disables SCSI bus disconnection before validation on performance path commands.
2-46 Chapter 2
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Force Verify A Force Verify bit of 1 indicates all write operations are verified. The Write 6-, 10-, and 12-byte commands operate as if they were Write Verify 6-, 10-, and 12-byte commands.
A Force Verify bit of 0 indicates normal operation.
Bytes 4 and 5 Bytes 4 and 5 are used to read the setting of the DIP switches on the drive. SX-Y refers to the setting of DIP
switch S50X-Y (see Figure 2-1 on page 2-51 and
Table 2-44 on page 2-51). If SX-Y=0, the switch is set to
the OFF position; if SX-Y=1, the switch is set to the ON position. These fields are not changeable. The switch setting value overrides the saved value.
DOM A drive operating mode of 0 indicates that the drive is installed in a jukebox environment. A DOM bit of 1 indicates that the drive is installed in a stand-alone environment.
The DOM bit is not selectable using the Mode Select command.
FWC A Force Write Calibration bit of 1 instructs the drive to perform the Write Calibration routine at spin-up. A
Force Write Calibration bit of 0 instructs the drive to perform the Write Calibration routine on receipt of the first Write command or 5 minutes after spin-up.
The bits DAIR and Force Verify on this mode page can also be controlled in HP products by changing external switch settings. In HP’s standalone box products, this is accomplished by changing the thumb wheel settings on the rear of the box. In HP’s library products, this is accomplished by changing the front panel settings. In all cases, changes to the mode page settings will override the external switch settings.
Chapter 2 2-47
Table 2-42
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Page
08H
08H
08H
08H
02H
02H
02H
08H
01H
01H
01H
01H
01H
01H
01H
01H
08H
08H
0AH
0AH
0BH
Mode Page Parameter Default Values
The default values of the Mode Page Parameters are as follows:
Mode Page Parameter Default Values
Field
AWRE
TB
RC
PER
DTE
DCR
Read Retry Count
Write Retry Count
Buffer Full Ratio
Buffer Empty Ratio
Maximum Burst Size
WCE
MF
RCD
Disable Pre-Fetch Transfer Length
Minimum Pre-Fetch
Maximum Pre-Fetch
Maximum Pre-Fetch Ceiling
Que Algorithm Modifier a
DQUE
Medium Type 1 Supported
Default Value
1
0
40H
01H
20H
20H
20H
1
5
5
0
0
0
0
1
0
01H
40H
0
0
02H
2-48 Chapter 2
Table 2-42
Table 2-43
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Mode Page Parameter Default Values
Page Field Default Value
0BH
0BH
0BH
21H
Medium Type 2 Supported
Medium Type 3 Supported
Medium Type 4 Supported
DAIR
21H
21H
DWR
Quick Disconnect
0
0
21H Force Verify 0 a.This value is for 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drive only.
03H
00H
00H
0
With power-on or reset and the loaded media holds no format information in itself, the current value of the format page (20H) parameters are set as follows:
Mode Page 20H Parameter Default Values
Page Field Current Value
650 Mbytes/Cartridge
20H
20H
20H
Format Mode
Type
Number of Bands
20H Size of Spare Band
1.3/1.2 Gbytes/Cartridge (1024/512 bytes/sector)
3
0
1
2048
20H
20H
Format Mode
Number of Bands
4
1
2.6 Gbytes/Cartridge (1024 bytes/sector)
20H Format Mode 4
Chapter 2 2-49
Table 2-43
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Mode Page 20H Parameter Default Values
Page Field Current Value
20H Number of Bands
2.3 Gbytes/Cartridge (512 bytes/sector)
20H
20H
Format Mode
Number of Bands
5.2 Gbytes/Cartridge (2048 bytes/sector) a
20H
20H
Format Mode
Number of Bands
4.8 Gbytes/Cartridge (512 bytes/sector) a
20H
20H
Format Mode
Number of Bands
4.1 Gbytes/Cartridge (512 bytes/sector) a
20H
20H
Format Mode
Number of Bands
9.1 Gbytes/Cartridge (4096 bytes/sector) b
34
4
30
4
24
4
45
4
38
20H
20H
Format Mode
Number of Bands
8.6 Gbytes/Cartridge (2048 bytes/sector)
4
16
20H
20H
Format Mode
Number of Bands
4
30 a.This media is for 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives only.
b.This media is for 9.1 capacity drives only.
2-50 Chapter 2
Figure 2-1
DIP Switch Locations
DIP Switch Locations
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select Command (15H)
Table 2-44 DIP Switch Definitions
DIP SW S501 DIP SW S502
1
4
5
2
3
6
Autochanger Eject
Distance Override
DAIR Enable
Reserved for HP
Reserved for HP
Reserved for Debug
Reserved for Debug
1
4
5
2
3
6
Reserved for Production
Reserved for Production
Reserved for Production
Reserved for Production
Enable SCAM
7 Reserved for Debug 7
Force Verify for Write
Operation
SCSI Terminator Enable a
8 Reserved for Debug 8 Reserved a.For 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives, this DIP switch is Fast SCSI Enable.
Chapter 2 2-51
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Reserve Command (16H)
Table 2-45
Reserve Command (16H)
This command is used to reserve the drive for use by a single SCSI initiator if and when the drive is connected to multiple initiators.
Reserve Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (16H)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
3rd
Pty
3rd Party Device ID Rsvd
(0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
The reservation is effective until one of the following occurs:
• The Reserve initiator sends another valid Reserve Command
• The Reserve initiator releases using a Release Command
• Any initiator sends a Bus Device Reset message
• A Reset conditions occurs
Once RESERVED, other initiator commands (except Inquiry and
Request Sense) for the logical unit are rejected and result in a
"Reservation Conflict" status. A Release Command sent by another initiator is ignored.
3rdPty A 3rd Pty bit of 1 indicates that the drive is reserved for the SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field.
3rd Pty
Device ID 3rd Pty Device ID indicates identification of the SCSI device for which the drive is to be reserved.
2-52 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Release Command (17H)
Table 2-46
Release Command (17H)
This command is sent by the Reserve Command initiator to release the logical unit for use by other initiators.
Release Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (17H)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
3rd
Pty
3rd Party Device ID Rsvd
(0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
3rdPty A 3rd Pty bit of 1 indicates that the drive is reserved for the SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field.
3rd Pty
Device ID 3rd Pty Device ID indicates identification of the SCSI device for which the drive is to be reserved.
Chapter 2 2-53
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Table 2-47
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
This command is used to acquire optical disk, drive, and drive controller parameters.
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (1AH)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Rsvd
(0)
DBD
PC
Rsvd (0)
Page Code (Table 2-50 on page 2-56)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length
Reserved (0) Flag Link
DBD
PC
Page Code
A Disable Block Descriptors bit of 1 indicates that no block descriptor is provided.
A DBD bit of 0 indicates that the block descriptor is provided.
Page control defines the type of parameter values to be returned as follows:
00 - Current Values
01 - Changeable Values
10 - Default Values
11 - Saved Values
Page code values are the same as for the Mode Select command. If 00H or 3FH is specified, all pages are returned.
2-54 Chapter 2
Table 2-48
Table 2-49
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Allocation
Length This field specifies the number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for returned data. A length of 0 indicates that no data will be returned. The drive will terminate the data-in phase when the allocation length has been transferred or when all available data has been transferred to the initiator.
Mode Sense Header
7 0 Byte
0
1
2
3
WP
6 5 4 3 2 1
Mode Data Length
Medium Type
Reserved Cache
(1)
Reserved (0)
Block Descriptor Length
Mode Sense Descriptor
7 6 Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Density Codes
Number of Blocks (MSByte)
Number of Blocks
Number of Blocks (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Block Length (MSByte)
Block Length
Block Length (LSByte)
1 0
Chapter 2 2-55
Table 2-50
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Mode Page Codes
PageCode Parameter
List
Length
Description
01H 12
02H
08H
0AH
0BH
20H
21H
00H,3FH
16
12
8
8
12
12
80
Read-Write Error Recovery Page
Disconnect-Reconnect Page
Caching Page
Control Mode Page
Medium Type Supported
Vendor Unique Format Page
Vendor Unique Page
Request for all Pages
2-56 Chapter 2
Table 2-51
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Read-Write Error Recover Page
Read-Write Error Recovery Page 01H
5 Byte
0
7 6
PS (1) Rsvd
(0)
1
2 AWRE Rsvd
(0)
3
4-7
8
9-11
4 3 2
Page Code (01H)
1 0
TB
Page Length (0AH)
RC Rsvd
(0)
PER DTE DCR
Read Retry Count
Reserved (0)
Write Retry Count
Reserved (0)
PS
AWRE
TB
The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.
An Automatic Write Reallocation Enable bit of 1 enables the automatic reallocation of defective sectors during the write operation of the Write commands
(0AH, 2AH, AAH), Write and Verify commands (2EH,
AEH), and WRITE LONG command (3FH).
For rewritable disks, automatic reallocation of defective sectors occurs during these additional erase operations:
Erase 2CH and Erase ACH.
An AWRE bit of 0 does not enable automatic reallocation of defective sectors.
A Transfer Block bit of 1 indicates that a data block that is not recovered within the recovery limits specified is transferred to the initiator before CHECK CONDITION status is returned.
A TB bit of 0 indicates that such a data block is not transferred to the initiator.
Chapter 2 2-57
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
RC
PER
DTE
DCR
A Read Continuous bit of 1 indicates that error correction codes are not used for data error recovery.
A Read Continuous bit of 0 allows the use of error correction codes for data recovery.
A Post Error bit of 1 indicates that the target reports recovered errors.
A PER bit of 0 indicates that the target does not report recovered errors.
A Disable Transfer on Error (DTE) bit of 1 indicates that the target terminates the data phase upon detection of a recovered error.
DTE bit of 0 indicates that the target does not terminate the data phase upon detection of a recovered error.
A Disable Correction bit of 1 indicates that error correction codes are not used for data error recovery.
A DCR bit of 0 allows the use of error correction codes for data error recovery.
Read Retry
Count
Write Retry
Count
The read retry count field specifies the number of times the target attempts recovery of a read operation before reporting an error.
The write retry count field specifies the number of times the target attempts recovery of a write operation before reporting an error.
2-58 Chapter 2
Table 2-52
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
1
2
3
4-9
10
11
12-15
Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H
Disconnect-Reconnect Page 02H
Byte
0
7
PS
(1)
6
Rsvd
(0)
5 4 3 2
Page Code (02H)
Page Length (0EH)
Buffer Full Ratio
Buffer Empty Ratio
Reserved (0)
Maximum Burst Size (MSByte)
Maximum Burst Size (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
1 0
The disconnect-reconnect page provides the initiator the means to tune the performance of the SCSI bus.
PS The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.
Buffer Full
Ratio This field has no effect on the drive.
Buffer Empty
Ratio This field has no effect on the drive.
Maximum
Burst Size This field indicates the maximum amount of data that the target transfers during a data phase before disconnecting if the initiator has granted the disconnect privilege. This value is expressed in increments of 512 bytes (e.g. a value of one means 512 bytes, two means
1024 bytes, etc.). A value of zero indicates there is no limit on the amount of data transferred per connection.
Chapter 2 2-59
Table 2-53
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2
9
10
11
Caching Page 08H
Caching Page 08H
Byte
0
7
PS
(1)
6 5 4 3 2 1
Rsvd
(0)
Page Code (08H)
Page Length (0AH)
Reserved (0) WCE MF
Reserved (0)
Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (MSByte)
Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length (LSByte)
Minimum Pre-fetch (MSByte)
Minimum Pre-fetch (LSByte)
Maximum Pre-fetch (MSByte)
Maximum Pre-fetch (LSByte)
Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling Length (MSByte)
Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling Length (LSByte)
0
RCD
PS
WCE
MF
The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.
A Write Cache Enable bit of 1 indicates write caching is enabled.
A WCE bit of 0 indicates write caching is disabled.
The Multiplication Factor bit is set to 1 and cannot be changed. This bit is set to the Minimum and Maximum
Pre-Fetch fields during READ operations. If this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a CHECK
CONDITION status is returned with the sense key/ additional sense code set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/
Invalid Parameter List.
2-60 Chapter 2
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
RCD A Read Cache Disable bit of 1 indicates read ahead is disabled.
A RCD bit of 0 indicates read ahead is enabled.
If WCE and RCD are both set to 1, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key/additional sense code set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/Invalid Parameter List.
DisablePre-fetchTransfer
Length This field sets the threshold value for pre-fetching data during reads. If the number of blocks to be read is greater than this value, no pre-fetching occurs.
The Disable Pre-fetch Transfer Length default setting is 64.
Minimum
Pre-fetch If this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a
CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key/additional sense code set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/
Invalid Parameter List. Since the MF bit is 1 and the
Minimum Pre-Fetch bit is also 1, the minimum prefetch size is equal to the READ Transfer Length. This field does not affect the operation of the drive.
The Minimum Pre-fetch default setting is 1 and cannot be changed.
Maximum
Pre-fetch If this bit is set to 0 by the MODE SELECT command, a
CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key/additional sense code set tot ILLEGAL REQUEST/
Invalid Parameter List. Since the MF bit is 1 and the
Maximum Pre-fetch bit is also 1, the maximum prefetch size is equal to the READ Transfer Length. This field does not affect the operation of the drive.
The Maximum Pre-fetch default setting is 1 and cannot be changed.
Chapter 2 2-61
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
MaximumPre-fetch
Ceiling The Maximum Pre-fetch Ceiling filed does not affect the operation of the drive and can be set to 32 or 64. In another value is set, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned with the sense key/ additional sense code set to
ILLEGAL REQUEST/Invalid Parameter List.
With write caching enabled, data integrity of the information in the buffer is not guaranteed through power cycling.
2-62 Chapter 2
Table 2-54
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Control Mode Page (0AH)
Control Mode Page (0AH)
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2
0
1
2
3
Reserved (0) Page Code (0AH)
Page Length (06H)
Reserved (0)
Que Algorithm Modifier a Reserved (0)
4 - 7 Reserved (0) a.For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives only.
1 0
DQue
The parameters of the Control Mode Page are all reserved and cannot be changed by the MODE SELECT command.
PS The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.
DQue A Disable Queuing bit of 1 indicates that command queuing is disabled.
A Disable Queuing bit of 0 indicates that command queuing is enabled.
For more information about the use of Byte 3 (Que Algorithm Modifier),
Chapter 2 2-63
Table 2-55
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Medium Types
Medium Types Supported Page 0BH
Byte
0
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
7
PS
(1)
6 5 4 3 2
Rsvd
(0)
Page Code (0BH)
Page Length (06H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Medium Type One Supported
(02H — Optical Write-once Medium)
Medium Type Two Supported
(03H — Optical Erasable Medium)
Medium Type Three Supported (00H)
Medium Type Four Supported (00H)
1 0
PS The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.
This page is used to set the medium type(s) supported by the drive. The drive accepts the following combinations:
2-64 Chapter 2
Table 2-56
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Valid Medium Type Combinations
Byte Field
Name
4
5
6
7
Medium
Type 1
Supported
Medium
Type 2
Supported
Medium
Type 3
Supported
Medium
Type 4
Supported
Setting 1
(default)
02H
03H
00H
00H
Setting 2 Setting 3 Setting 4
00H
00H
00H
00H
02H
00H
00H
00H
03H
00H
00H
00H
00H
02H
03H
Default (rewritable optical disks only)
Write-Once optical disks
Rewritable optical disks
Chapter 2 2-65
Table 2-57
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Vendor Unique
Vendor Unique Format Page 20H
5 Byte
0
7
PS
(1)
6
Rsvd
(0)
4 3 2
Page Code (20H)
1
2
3-11
Page Length (0AH)
Format Mode
Format Type Specific Data
1
PS The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.
0
The drive supports Format Mode 03H and 04H.
Format Mode 03H is for 650-Mbyte optical disks.
Format Mode 04H is for 1.3-, 2.6-, 5.2-, and 9.1-Gbyte optical disks.
2-66 Chapter 2
Table 2-58
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Format Mode
Format Mode 03H supports two types of format (type 0 and type 1) by setting byte 3.
Format Mode 03H - Type 0
7 6 1 0 Byte
8
9
6
7
10
11
4
5
2
3
5 4 3 2
Format Mode (03H)
Type 00H
Size of User Band (MSByte)
Size of User Band
Size of User Band
Size of User Band (LSByte)
Size of Spare Band (MSByte)
Size of Spare Band (LSByte)
Number of Bands (MSByte)
Number of Bands (LSByte)
Size of User
Band The Size of User Band field indicates the length of each user band in number of logical blocks.
Size of Spare
Band The Size of Spare Band field indicates the length of each spare band in number of logical blocks.
Number of
Bands The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the disk. The drive can read and write multi-band formatted disks, but can create only single-band disks.
Chapter 2 2-67
Table 2-59
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Format Mode 03H - Type 1
7 6 Byte
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
5 4 3 2
Format Mode (03H)
Type 01H
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Number of Bands (MSByte)
Number of Bands (LSByte)
Size of Spare Bands (MSByte)
Size of Spare Bands (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
1 0
Type 1 format exists for compatibility. An initiator cannot change these parameters.
Number of
Bands The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the disk.
Size of Spare
Band The Size of User Band field indicates the length of each spare band in number of logical blocks.
2-68 Chapter 2
Table 2-60
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Format Mode 04H
7 Byte
2
3-9
10
11
6
Number of
Bands
5 4 3
Format Mode (04H)
Reserved (0)
2
Number of Bands (MSByte)
Number of Bands (LSByte)
1 0
The Number of Bands field indicates the bands on the disk and can be set to 1 (01H), 16 (10H), 30 (1EH), or 34 (22H).
The Number of Bands for 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives include
1 (01H), 16 (10H), 24 (18H), 30 (1EH), 34 (22H), 38 (26H), or 45 (2DH).
Chapter 2 2-69
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Table 2-61
Byte
0
7
PS (1)
Vendor Unique
Vendor Unique Page 21H
6
Rsvd
(0)
5 4
4
5
6
7-11
1
2
3 DWR
S1-8
S2-8
Quick
Disconnect
S1-7
S2-7
Rsvd
(0)
Page Length (0AH)
Reserved (0)
Force
Verify
S1-6
S2-6
S1-5
S2-5
Reserved (0)
3 2
Page Code (21H)
S1-4
S2-4
Reserved (0)
S1-3
S2-3
1
S1-2
S2-2
DOM
PS
DAIR
DWR
0
DAIR
S1-1
S2-1
FWC
The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this parameter page is savable in non-volatile RAM.
A Direct Access Inquiry Response bit of 1 indicates the
Peripheral Device Type field in the Inquiry Data indicates "Direct Access Device."
A DAIR bit of 0 indicates "Optical Memory Device" in the Peripheral Device Type field in the Inquiry Data.
The DAIR default setting is 0.
A Disable Write Reordering bit of 1 indicates write reordering is not enabled.
A DWR bit of 0 indicates write reordering is enabled.
The DWR default setting is 0.
2-70 Chapter 2
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
Quick
Disconnect A Quick Disconnect bit of 1 enables SCSI bus disconnection before command validation on performance path commands (i.e. reads, writes).
A Quick Disconnect bit of 0 disables SCSI bus disconnection before validation on performance path commands (i.e. reads, writes).
The Quick Disconnect default setting is 0.
Force Verify A Force Verify bit of 1 indicates that all write operations will be verified. The Write 6-, 10-, and 12-byte commands will operate as if they were Write Verify 6,
10, and 12-byte commands.
A Force Verify bit of 0 indicates normal operation.
The Force Verify default setting is 0.
Bytes 4 and 5 Bytes 4 and 5 are used to read the setting of the DIP switches on the drive. SX-Y refers to the setting of DIP
switch S50X-Y (see Figure 2-1 on page 2-51 and
Table 2-44 on page 2-51). If SX-Y=0, the switch is set to
the OFF position; if SX-Y=1, the switch is set to the ON position. These fields are not changeable. The switch setting value overrides the saved value.
DOM A drive operating mode of 0 indicates that the drive is installed in a jukebox environment. A DOM bit of 1 indicates that the drive is installed in a stand-alone environment.
The DOM bit is not selectable using the Mode Select command.
Chapter 2 2-71
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)
FWC A Force Write Calibration bit of 1 instructs the drive to perform the Write Calibration routine at spin-up. A
Force Write Calibration bit of 0 instructs the drive to perform the Write Calibration routine on receipt of the first Write command or 5 minutes after spin-up.
The bits DAIR and Force Verify on this mode page can also be controlled in HP products by changing external switch settings. In HP’s standalone box products, this is accomplished by changing the thumb wheel settings on the rear of the box. In HP’s library products, this is accomplished by changing the front panel settings. In all cases, changes to the mode page settings will override the external switch settings.
2-72 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Start/Stop Unit Command (1BH)
Table 2-62
NOTE
Immed
Start/Stop Unit Command (1BH)
This command starts or stops rotation of the optical disk in the drive and/or ejects the optical disk from the drive.
Start/Stop Unit Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (1BH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
1 0
Immed
LoEj Start
Flag Link
LoEj
An Immediate bit of 1 indicates that status is returned as soon as the command descriptor block has been validated.
An Immed bit of 0 indicates that status is returned after the operation is completed.
A Load Eject bit of 0 requests that no action be taken regarding loading or ejecting the media.
A Load Eject bit of 1 indicates that the media will be unloaded if the Start bit is 0.
A Load Eject bit of 1 indicates that the media will be loaded if the Start bit is 1.
This command is affected by the Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command. Do not use LoEj in an autochanger environment.
Start A Start bit of 1 indicates that the drive starts rotating the optical disk. A Start bit of 0 indicates that the drive stops rotating the optical disk.
Chapter 2 2-73
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)
Table 2-63
Table 2-64
Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)
This command requests diagnostic test data resulting from the Send
Diagnostic Command be sent to the initiator.
Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (1CH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length (MSByte)
Allocation Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Allocation
Length The Allocation Length field specifies the number of bytes allocated for returned diagnostic data. The controller returns the number of bytes specified or all available diagnostic data (10 bytes), whichever is less.
Received Diagnostic Results Page Codes
Page Code Maximum
Transfer
Length
00H 6
Description
81H 10
Supported Diagnostics Pages
Controller Test
2-74 Chapter 2
Table 2-65
Table 2-66
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)
Supported Diagnostic Pages
7 6 Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
5 4 3 2
Page Code (00H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (0) (MSByte)
Page Length (2) (LSByte)
Supported Page List (00H)
Supported Page List (81H)
Controller Test 81H
7 6 Byte
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Page Code (81H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (0) (MSByte)
Page Length (6) (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Loop Count Completed
Internal Error Code (MSByte)
Internal Error Code
Internal Error Code
Internal Error Code (LSByte)
1
1
0
0
Success
Chapter 2 2-75
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)
NOTE
Table 2-67
NOTE
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)
This command initiates drive diagnostic tests.
Disconnect must be allowed to run diagnostic tests.
Send Diagnostic Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (1DH)
PF (1) Rsvd
(0)
SelfTst DevOfl UnitOfl
Reserved (0)
Parameter List Length (MSByte)
Parameter List Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
SelfTst A Self-Test bit of 1 causes the poweron selftest to run.
This self-test is equivalent to the execution of test sequence 1, Poweron Sequence. If this bit is 1, the
Parameter List Length must be 0.
A Self-Test bit of 0 indicates the test requested in the
Parameter List Length (See Table 2-70 on page 2-78)
A SelfTst bit of 0 should be followed by a Receive Diagnostics Results
Command.
A SelfTst bit of 1 should be followed by a Request Sense Command.
2-76 Chapter 2
Table 2-68
Table 2-69
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)
DevOfl
UnitOfl
Device Offline bit of 1 must be set for proper operation of any test besides self-test.
A Unit Offline bit of 1 must be set for proper operation of any test besides self-test.
Parameter List
Length Indicates the number of parameter bytes in the Data
Out Phase that describe the selected test. This value must be 0 if the SelfTst bit is set to 1.
Supported Diagnostic Pages
7 6 1 0 Byte
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Page Code (00H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (0) (MSByte)
Page Length (0) (LSByte)
Send Diagnostic Command Page Codes
Page Code Parameter
List
Length
Description
00H 4
81H 12
Supported Diagnostics Pages
Controller Test
Chapter 2 2-77
Table 2-70
Table 2-71
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)
Controller Test
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
7
No
Break
5
6-11
6 5 4 4 2
Page Code (81H)
Reserved
Page Length (0) (MSByte)
Page Length (8) (LSByte)
Test Number
Loop Count
Reserved (0)
1 0
No Break The No Break bit directs the target not to terminate looping when an error is detected.
Interface Manager Diagnostic Tests
Diagnostic Test Name
Selftest
ROM Checksum Test
Microprocessor RAM Test
Buffer RAM Test
ODC Chip Test
DSP Communication Test
Test Number (hex.)
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
0x05
0x06
2-78 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command (1EH)
Table 2-72
NOTE
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command
(1EH)
This command prevents or allows removal of an optical disk from a drive.
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (1EH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0) Flag
Prevent
Link
Prevent A Prevent bit of 1 prevents removal of the optical disk from a drive.
A Prevent bit of 0 allows removal of the optical disk from a drive.
The Start/Stop Unit Command affects this command. See Table 2-62 on page 2-73.
Chapter 2 2-79
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Capacity Command (25H)
Table 2-73
Read Capacity Command (25H)
This command reads the capacity of the optical disk surface in the drive.
The last logical block address and block length of the medium are returned.
Read Capacity Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (25H)
Reserved (0)
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag
0
RelAdr
PMI
Link
PMI A Partial Medium Indicator bit of 1 indicates that the logical block address field does not need to be set to 0.
A PMI bit of 0 indicates that the logical block address field must be set to 0.
2-80 Chapter 2
Table 2-74
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Capacity Command (25H)
Read Capacity Command Data
7 6 Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Block Length (MSByte)
Block Length
Block Length
Block Length (LSByte)
1 0
Chapter 2 2-81
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read (Group 1) Command (28H)
NOTE
Table 2-75
NOTE
Read (Group 1) Command (28H)
This command reads data from the specified logical block address.
The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and erase commands.
Read (Group 1) Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (28H)
DPO FUA Reserved (0) RelAdr
Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Starting Logical Block Address
PBA
Starting Logical Block Address
Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
DPO A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to store readahead data in cache after the read data has been transferred to the initiator.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target it may store readahead data in the cache after the read data has been transferred to the initiator.
The DPO bit is ignored in 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives.
2-82 Chapter 2
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read (Group 1) Command (28H)
FUA
Rel Adr
A Force Unit Access bit of 1 indicates that data is read directly from the disk.
A Force Unit Access bit of 0 indicates that the drive may access the cache memory.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
Transfer
Length
PBA
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred.
A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be transferred and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
For write-once media, blank checking is performed following a failed read.
If the sector is blank, the sense key/additional sense code will be set to
BLANK CHECK/Blank Sector Detected.
When this command is used with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.
Chapter 2 2-83
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write (Group 1) Command (2AH)
NOTE
Table 2-76
Write (Group 1) Command (2AH)
This command is used to write data starting at the specified logical block address.
The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and erase commands.
Write (Group 1) Command CDB
Byte
7
8
5
6
9
0
1
2
3-4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PBA
Reserved (0)
Operation Code (2AH)
DPO FUA EBP
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Rsvd (0) RelAdr
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Ers Cntl
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
NOTE
NOTE
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/ media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
For Write-Once media, Byte 9, Bit 7 and Bit 6 are reserved (0).
2-84 Chapter 2
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write (Group 1) Command (2AH)
DPO
FUA
Rel Adr
A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to store the data in the cache after it has been transferred to the media.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to store data in the cache after it has been transferred to the media.
This bit is ignored.
A Force Unit Access bit of 1 indicates that data is written directly to the disk.
An FUA bit of 0 indicates that write caching is allowed.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
EBP
PBA
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
An Erase By-Pass bit of 0 indicates an erase is automatically performed before writing the data.
An EBP bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.
Transfer Length The Transfer Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred for this command.
A value of 0 indicates that no blocks of data will be transferred and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
ErsCntl
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
The Erase Control bit is identical to the Erase Bypass bit.
For write-once optical disks, blank checking is performed before writing data. If a written block is detected during blank checking, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Overwrite Attempted.
Chapter 2 2-85
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write (Group 1) Command (2AH)
When this command is used with 14X 512 OR 1024 byte/sector media, setting the ErsCntl bit or the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.
2-86 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Seek (Group 1) Command (2BH)
Table 2-77
NOTE
Seek (Group 1) Command (2BH)
This command seeks the optical head to the physical track where the specified logical block exists.
Seek (Group 1) Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (2BH)
Reserved (0)
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
PBA
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
PBA A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 14X media or 1024 byte/ sector 14X media, setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/Invalid Field in CDB.
Chapter 2 2-87
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Erase (Group 1) Command (2CH)
Table 2-78
NOTE
Erase (Group 1) Command (2CH)
This command erases data from the specified logical block address. This command can only be used with rewritable disks.
Erase (Group 1) Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (2CH)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Reserved (0) ERA Rsvd
(0)
RelAdr
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
PBA
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/ media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
2-88 Chapter 2
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Erase (Group 1) Command (2CH)
ERA
Rel Adr
An Erase All bit of 1 indicates that all remaining blocks are erased, starting from the logical block address to the end of the disk. The transfer length must be set to 0.
An ERA bit of 0 indicates that all blocks are erased, starting from the logical block address to the end of the specified transfer length.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
Transfer
Length
PBA
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be erased. A value of
0 indicates that no blocks will be erased and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
If this command is executed for write-once disks, the drive returns a
CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid Command Operation Code.
When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/ additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.
Chapter 2 2-89
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write and Verify (Group 1) Command (2EH)
NOTE
Table 2-79
Byte
0
1
7
8
9
2
3-4
5
6
Write and Verify (Group 1) Command (2EH)
Writes data to the optical disk and then verifies the write by reading the written data and checking the error correction code.
The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and erase commands.
Write and Verify (Group 1) Command CDB
7 6 5 4 3 2
PBA
Reserved (0)
Operation Code (2EH)
DPO Rsvd
(0)
EBP
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
ErsCntl
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
1
Rsvd
(0)
Flag
0
RelAdr
Link
NOTE
NOTE
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/ media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
For Write-Once media, Byte 9, Bit 7 and Bit 6 are reserved (0).
2-90 Chapter 2
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write and Verify (Group 1) Command (2EH)
DPO
EBP
A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to store the data in the cache after it has been transferred to the optical disk.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to store the data in the cache after it has been transferred to the optical disk.
This bit is ignored.
An Erase By-Pass bit of 0 indicates an erase automatically performs before writing the data.
An EBP bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.
Transfer
Length
PBA
ErsCntl
Rel Adr
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred for this command. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be transferred and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
The Erase Control bit is identical to the Erase Bypass bit.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
When this command is used with 14X 512 OR 1024 byte/sector media, setting the ErsCntl bit or the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.
Chapter 2 2-91
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Verify (Group 1) Command (2FH)
Table 2-80
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Verify (Group 1) Command (2FH)
This command verifies previously written data integrity starting at the specified Logical Block Address by reading the data and checking the
Error Correction Code. The verification threshold is set to approximately half of the error correction capability.
Verify (Group 1) Command CDB
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit
Number (0)
Operation Code (2FH)
DPO Rsvd
(0)
Blk
Vfy
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Rsvd
(0)
RelAdr
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Verification Length (MSByte)
Verification Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
DPO A Disable Page Out (DPO) bit of 1 instructs the target not to retain the data in the cache after it has been verified.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to retain the data in the cache after it has been verified.
This bit is ignored.
2-92 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Verify (Group 1) Command (2FH)
Blk Vfy A Blank Verify bit of 1 indicates the drive verifies that sectors are erased.
A Blk Vfy bit of 0 indicates the drive verifies written data integrity.
Verification
Length
Rel Adr
The Verification Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be verified for this command. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be verified and is not considered an error.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
Chapter 2 2-93
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Pre-Fetch (34H)
Table 2-81
Byte
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
0
1
Pre-Fetch (34H)
The Pre-Fetch command is used to transfer the specified number of data blocks starting from the specified logical block address to cache memory.
Pre-Fetch Command
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (34H)
Reserved (0) Immed RelAdr
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Immed An Immediate bit of 1 indicates that the drive returns a status as soon as the command descriptor block is validated.
An Immed bit of 0 indicates that the status is not returned until the operation is completed.
Transfer
Length
Rel Adr
This field indicates the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
2-94 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Synchronize Cache (35H)
Table 2-82
Byte
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
0
1
Synchronize Cache (35H)
This command initiates the writing of all cached write data to the optical disk. Ensures that logical blocks in the cache memory, within the specified range, have their most recent data value recorded on the optical disk.
Synchronize Cache Command
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (35H)
Reserved (0)
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Immed Rsvd
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Number of Blocks (MSByte)
Number of Blocks (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Immed An Immediate bit of 1 indicates that the target returns a status as soon as the command descriptor block is validated.
An Immed bit of 0 indicates that the status is not returned until the operation is completed.
Number of
Blocks The Number of Blocks field specifies the total number of contiguous logical blocks within the range. A Number of
Blocks bit of 0 indicates that all remaining logical blocks on the logical unit are within the range. A logical block within the specified range that is not in cache memory is not considered an error.
Chapter 2 2-95
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H)
Table 2-83
Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H)
This command reads optical disk defect information. The data returned starts with a 4-byte header, followed by one or more defect descriptors.
Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command CDB
Byte
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved (0)
Operation Code (37H)
Reserved (0)
PList GList
Reserved (0)
Defect List Format
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length (MSByte)
Allocation Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
PList and GList A PList bit of 0 and a GList bit of 1 indicates the drive will return the contents of the defect list (SDL).
A PList bit of 1 and a GList bit of 0 indicates the drive will return the contents of the PDL.
A PList bit of 1 and a GList bit of 1 indicates the drive will return the contents of the PDL and the SDL.
2-96 Chapter 2
Table 2-84
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H)
Defect List
Format This field specifies the defect list format that is returned. Only the Physical Sector Format (5) is supported. If the Block Format (0) is specified, the defect list will be returned in Physical Sector Format and a CHECK CONDITION status will be returned at the completion of the command with the sense key/ additional sense code set to RECOVERED ERROR/
Defect List Not Available.
Allocation
Length This field specifies the number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for the return of this data. A length of 0 indicates that no data will be returned. This condition is not considered an error. The drive will terminate the data — in phase when the allocation length has been transferred or when all available defect data has been transferred to the initiator, whichever is less.
Read Defect Data Defect List Header
Byte
2
3
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
PList GList Defect List Format
Defect List Length (MSByte)
Defect List Length (LSByte)
PList
GList
A PList bit of 1 indicates the Primary List of defects was returned.
A GList bit of 1 indicates the Grown List of defects was returned.
Defect List
Format This field will be set to the Defect List format that was indicated in byte 2 of the CDB, which specifies the format of the Defect List data returned by the drive.
Defect List
Length This field specifies the length in bytes of the defect
descriptors (see Table 2-85 on page 2-98).
Chapter 2 2-97
Table 2-85
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Defect Data (Group 1) Command (37H)
Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor
7 Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
6 5 4 3 2 1
Physical Track Number of the Defect (MSByte)
Physical Track Number of the Defect
Physical Track Number of the Defect (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Defective Physical Sector Number
0
2-98 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
CAUTION
Table 2-86
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
This command writes data to the drive data buffer. The transfer data consists of a 4-byte descriptor followed by the buffer data.
If you write data to the buffer area, you may overwrite valid information that the drive needs for operation.
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Write Buffer Command CDB
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (3BH)
Reserved (0)
Mode (Table 2-87 on page 2-100)
Buffer ID (See Table 2-87 on page 2-100)
Buffer Offset (MSByte)
Buffer Offset
Buffer Offset (LSByte)
Parameter List Length (MSByte)
Parameter List Length
Parameter List Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Mode
Buffer ID
Indicates which data format is used. Refer to Table 2-87 on page 2-100 for valid values.
Indicates which buffer is used. Refer to Table 2-87 on page 2-100 for valid values.
Chapter 2 2-99
Table 2-87
Table 2-88
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
Buffer Offset Indicates at what address the data is written, offset from the beginning of the buffer. Must be set to 0 when using Download Microcode ID.
Parameter List
Length Indicates the number of data bytes to be written in the buffer.
Buffer Access Mode and ID
Buffer Type Buffer ID Mode
Buffer RAM
Download Microcode
0
1
Serial Number and Manufacturing Date 4
Customer and Product ID 15
0
4
1
1
Mode Descriptions (For 2.6 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only)
Mode
1
4
0
Description
Vendor specific
Download microcode
Data retained for subsequent read buffer command
Buffer RAM Indicates the data buffer space used for transfer to and from the optical disk.
Download
Microcode Indicates the code the drive uses to operate.
Serial Number and
Manufacturing
Date Code Indicates the drive’s serial number and date code, which indicates the week of manufacturing.
Customer and
Product ID Indicates the Vendor Identification and Product
Identification fields of the INQUIRY command
Response Data.
2-100 Chapter 2
Table 2-89
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
Mode Descriptions (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only)
Mode
2
4
0
1
Description
Data Mode (same as Mode 2)
Vendor specific
Data Mode
Download Microcode
Chapter 2 2-101
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Buffer Command (3CH)
Table 2-90
Read Buffer Command (3CH)
This command reads data from the drive data buffer. The transfer data consists of a 4-byte descriptor followed by the buffer data.
Read Buffer Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (3CH)
Reserved (0)
Buffer ID
Buffer Offset (MSByte)
Buffer Offset
Buffer Offset (LSByte)
Parameter List Length (MSByte)
Parameter List Length
Mode
Parameter List Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Mode
Buffer ID
Indicates which data format is to be used. Refer to
Table 2-91 on page 2-103 for valid values.
Indicates which buffer is to be used. Refer to Table 2-91 on page 2-103 for valid values.
Buffer Offset Indicates at what address the data should be written, offset from the beginning of the buffer.
Parameter List
Length Indicates the number of data bytes to be read from the buffer.
2-102 Chapter 2
Table 2-91
Table 2-92
Table 2-93
Table 2-94
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Buffer Command (3CH)
Read Buffer Descriptor
7 6 Byte
2
3
0
1
5 4 3
Offset Boundary
Buffer Capacity (MSB)
Buffer Capacity
Buffer Capacity (LSB)
2
Buffer Access Mode and ID
Buffer Type
Buffer RAM
Buffer ID
0
1
Mode
0
0
Buffer RAM Indicates the data buffer space used for the movement of data to and from the optical disk.
Mode Descriptions (For 2.6 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only)
Mode
0
Description
Data retained for subsequent read buffer command
Mode Descriptions (For 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte Capacity Drives Only)
Mode
0
2
3
Description
Data Mode (same as Mode 2)
Data Mode
Descriptor Mode
Chapter 2 2-103
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Long Command (3EH)
Table 2-95
Read Long Command (3EH)
This command reads data starting at the specified Logical Block
Address, including ECC data. Read data is not corrected using ECC.
Read Long Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (3EH)
Reserved (0)
Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Starting Logical Block Address
PBA
Starting Logical Block Address
Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
SC
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag
0
RelAdr
Link
2-104 Chapter 2
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Long Command (3EH)
Transfer
Length
PBA
SC
Rel Adr
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of bytes of data and ECC information to be read:
• 4096 media = 4760 bytes (4096 data + 664 pointer,
CRC, pad, & ECC) For 9.1 Gbyte Capacity drives
only.
• 2048 media = 2380 bytes (2048 data + 332 pointer,
CRC, pad, & ECC) For 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives only.
• 1K media = 1200 bytes (1024 data + 176 pointer, CRC, pad, &ECC)
• 512 media = 610 bytes (512 data + 98 pointer, CRC, pad, &ECC)
• All other numbers are rejected unless SC = 1
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
A Sector Count bit of 1 indicates the transfer length is represented in sectors rather than bytes. A "sector" consists of 2380 bytes for 2K media, 1200 bytes for 1K media, or 610 bytes for 512 media.
A Sector Count bit of 0 indicates the transfer length is represented in bytes.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/ additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.
Chapter 2 2-105
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Long Command (3FH)
Table 2-96
NOTE
Write Long Command (3FH)
This command writes data starting at the specified Logical Block
Address, without using ECC generation circuitry. The ECC field is also written with data transferred to the drive.
Write Long Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (3FH)
Reserved (0)
Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Starting Logical Block Address
PBA
Starting Logical Block Address
Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
SC
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag
0
RelAdr
Link
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/ media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
2-106 Chapter 2
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Long Command (3FH)
Transfer
Length
PBA
SC
Rel Adr
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of bytes of data and ECC information to be written.
• 4096 media = 4760 bytes (4096 data + 664 pointer,
CRC, pad, & ECC) For 9.1 Gbyte Capacity drives
only.
• 2048 media = 2380 bytes (2048 data + 332 pointer,
CRC, pad, & ECC) For 5.2 Gbyte Capacity drives
only.
• 1K media = 1200 bytes (1024 data + 176 pointer, CRC, pad, &ECC)
• 512 media = 610 bytes (512 data + 98 pointer, CRC, pad, &ECC)
• All other numbers are rejected unless SC = 1
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
A Sector Count bit of 1 indicates the transfer length is represented in sectors rather than bytes. A "sector" consists of 2380 bytes for 2K media, 1200 bytes for 1K media or 610 bytes 512 media.
A Sector Count bit of 0 indicates the transfer length is represented in bytes.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
If this command is executed for write-once disks, the drive returns a
CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid Command Operation Code.
Chapter 2 2-107
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Long Command (3FH)
When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/ additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.
2-108 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Select Command (4CH)
Table 2-97
NOTE
Log Select Command (4CH)
This command clears drive resident logs.
Log Select Command CDB
Byte
6
7
4
5
8
2
3
0
1
9
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PC (01H)
Operation Code (4CH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Parameter List Length (MSByte) (0)
Parameter List Length (LSByte) (12)
(See Table 2-98 on page 2-110)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Initiators should issue LOG SENSE commands prior to issuing LOG
SELECT commands to determine supported pages and page lengths.
The ONLY capability the initiator is given via the Log Select command is to reset the cumulative logs. Parameter code and parameter information
is listed in Table 2-99 on page 2-110.
Chapter 2 2-109
Table 2-98
Table 2-99
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Select Command (4CH)
5
7
2
3
33
34
Parameter List Data
Parameter List Data for Byte 8 of the Log Select Command
7 Byte
6
7
4
5
8
2
3
0
1
9
10
11
6 5 4 3 2 1
Page Code (Table 2-99 on page 2-110)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (08)
Parameter Code (MSByte)
Parameter Code (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Password Parameter Length (04)
Password Parameter Information (MSByte)
Password Parameter Information
Password Parameter Information
Password Parameter Information (LSByte)
0
Log Select Command
Page
Code
Description
Write Error Counter Page
Read Error Counter Page
Verify Error Counter Page
Last N error Events Page
Erase Error Counter Page
Blank Check Counter Page
Parameter
Code
Password
Parameter
Information
8000
8000
8000
1000
8000
8000
4A4F454C
4A6F686E
45726963
53746576
416C5020
47657269
2-110 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Table 2-100
Log Sense Command (4DH)
This command provides a means for the initiator to manage statistical information maintained by the drive.
Log Sense Command CDB
7 6
8
9
6
7
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
PC (01H)
5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (4DH)
Reserved (0)
Page Code (See Table 2-101 on page 2-112)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Parameter Pointer (MSByte)
(See Table 2-101 on page 2-112)
Parameter Pointer (LSByte)
Allocation Length (MSByte)
Allocation Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
Allocation
Length The number of parameter bytes, including the Log Page and the parameter structures.
Parameter
Pointer The Parameter Pointer field allows the initiator to request parameter data beginning from a specific parameter code to the maximum allocation length or the maximum parameter code, whichever is less. Log parameters within the specified log page are transferred in ascending order according to parameter code.
Chapter 2 2-111
Table 2-101
Table 2-102
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Log Sense Page Codes
Description Page
Code
00H
02H
03H
05H
07H
33H
34H
Supported Log Pages
Error Counter Page for Write Errors
(See Table 2-103 on page 2-113)
Error Counter Page for Read Errors
(See Table 2-105 on page 2-114)
Error Counter Page for Verify Errors
(See Table 2-107 on page 2-115)
Last n Error Events Page (See Table 2-109 on page 2-116)
Error Counter Page for Erase Errors (See Table 2-112 on page 2-119)
Error Counter Page for Blank Check Errors (See
Supported Log Pages 00H
The supported log page returns the list of log pages implemented by the target. Targets that implement the Log Sense command use this log page.
Supported Log Pages 00H
1 0 Byte
2
3
0
1
4 n
7 6
Rsvd (0)
5 4 3 2
Page Code (00H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)
Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)
Supported Page List
Supported Page List
2-112 Chapter 2
Table 2-103
Table 2-104
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
7
8
5
6 n
0
3
4
1
2
Error Counter Page for Write Errors 02H
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Rsvd (0) Page Code (02H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)
Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)
Parameter Code (MSByte)
(See Table 2-104 on page 2-113 or Table 2-106 on page 2-114)
Parameter Code (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Parameter Length (n-7)
Parameter Value
Parameter Value
Parameter Codes/Structure for Write Errors
Description
3
5
1
2
6
0
Param.
Code
Length
Bytes
12
12
12
14
12
46
Sectors Corrected with Retries
Total Number of Retry Attempts
Total Sectors Corrected
Total Bytes Processed
Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors
Request for all pages
Chapter 2 2-113
Table 2-105
Table 2-106
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
7
8
5
6 n
0
3
4
1
2
Error Counter Page for Read Errors 03H
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Rsvd (0) Page Code (03H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)
Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)
Parameter Code (MSByte) (See Table 2-104 on page 2-113
Parameter Code (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Parameter Length (n-7)
Parameter Value
Parameter Value
Parameter Codes/Structure for Read Errors
Description
3
5
1
2
6
0
Param.
Code
Length
Bytes
12
12
12
14
12
46
Sectors Corrected with Retries
Total Number of Retry Attempts
Total Sectors Corrected
Total Bytes Processed
Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors
Request for all pages
2-114 Chapter 2
Table 2-107
Table 2-108
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
7
8
5
6 n
Error Counter Page for Verify Errors 05H
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Rsvd (0) Page Code (05H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)
Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)
Parameter Code (MSByte) (See Table 2-106 on page 2-114
Parameter Code (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Parameter Length (n-7)
Parameter Value
Parameter Value
Parameter Codes/Structure for Verify Errors
Description
3
5
1
2
6
0
Param.
Code
Length
Bytes
12
12
12
14
12
46
Sectors Corrected with Retries
Total Number of Retry Attempts
Total Sectors Corrected
Total Bytes Processed
Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors
Request for all pages
Chapter 2 2-115
Table 2-109
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
7
8
5
6 n
Last N Error Events Page 07H
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
7 6
Rsvd (0)
5 4 3 2
Page Code (07H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)
Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)
Parameter Pointer (MSByte)
(See Table 2-110 on page 2-117)
Parameter Pointer (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Parameter Length (n-7)
Parameter Value
Parameter Value
1 0
2-116 Chapter 2
Table 2-110
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Parameter Pointers/Structure for Last N Error Events Page
.
.
.
0
Parameter
Pointer
Length
Bytes
0
1
2
50
Description
10
34
34
34
.
.
.
Up to 1510 for 50 events; up to 7510 for
250 events
Number of Events in the Log
(Maximum Events = 50 or 250 for 9.1
Gbyte Drives)
Most Recent Error Event Log (See
Next Most Recent Event (See
Table 2-109 on page 2-116 or Table
Least recent Error Event (See
.
.
.
Request for all pages
Chapter 2 2-117
Table 2-111
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Error Event Log
15
16
17
18
11
12
13
14
19
20
9
10
7
8
5
6
3
4
Byte
0
1
2
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Log Type (1-read, 2-write, 3-erase, 4-verify, 5-blank check,
6-spin-up error, 7-loading error, 8-check condition)
Long
(1)
Occurrence Count
Power On Minutes
Half Seconds
Half Seconds Fraction (16 uSec) (MSByte)
Half Seconds Fraction (16 uSec) (LSByte)
Power On Hours (MS Byte)
Power On Hours
Power On Hours
Power On Hours (LSByte)
UMID Byte 5
UMID Byte 6
UMID Byte 7
UMID Byte 8
Internal Error Code (MSByte)
Internal Error Code
Internal Error Code
Internal Error Code (LSByte)
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
2-118 Chapter 2
Table 2-111
Table 2-112
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Error Event Log
7 Byte
21
22
23
24
25
6 5 4 3 2
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Physical Block Address (MSByte)
Physical Block Address
Physical Block Address
Physical Block Address (LSByte)
1 0
7
8
5
6 n
Error Counter Page for Erase Errors 33H
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Rsvd (0) Page Code (33H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)
Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)
Parameter Code (MSByte) (See Table 2-113 on page 2-120 or
Parameter Code (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Parameter Length (n-7)
Parameter Value
Parameter Value
Chapter 2 2-119
Table 2-113
Table 2-114
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Parameter Codes/Structure for Erase Errors
Description
3
5
1
2
6
0
Param.
Code
Length
Bytes
12
12
12
14
12
46
Sectors Corrected with Retries
Total Number of Retry Attempts
Total Sectors Corrected
Total Bytes Processed
Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors
Request for all pages
Error Counter Page for Blank Check Errors 34H
Byte
6
7
4
5
8 n
2
3
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Rsvd (0) Page Code (34H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (n-3) (MSByte)
Page Length (n-3) (LSByte)
Parameter Code (MSByte) (See Table 2-115 on page 2-121)
Parameter Code (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Parameter Length (n-7)
Parameter Value
Parameter Value
2-120 Chapter 2
Table 2-115
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Parameter Codes/Structure for Blank Check Errors
Description
3
5
1
2
6
0
Param.
Code
Length
Bytes
12
12
12
14
12
46
Sectors Corrected with Retries
Total Number of Retry Attempts
Total Sectors Corrected
Total Bytes Processed
Total Number of Uncorrectable Sectors
Request for all pages
Chapter 2 2-121
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H)
Table 2-116
Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H)
This command sets optical disk, drive unit, or controller unit parameters.
Mode Select (Group 2) Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (55H)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
PF
(1)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Parameter List Length (MSByte)
SP
Parameter List Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
SP A Save Pages bit of 1 indicates that the target performs the specified MODE SELECT operation, and saves all the savable pages to non-volatile RAM. The pages are only saved if different from those currently saved.
A Save Pages bit of 0 indicates the target performs the specified MODE SELECT operation, and does not save any pages.
2-122 Chapter 2
Table 2-117
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H)
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Parameter List
Length This field specifies the length in bytes of the MODE
SELECT parameter list that the initiator will transfer to the drive during the DATA OUT phase. A length of 0 indicates that no data will be transferred. This condition is not considered an error.
The Mode Select Parameter List contains an 8-byte header followed by 0 or 1 block descriptors, and followed
by 0 or more pages (see Table 2-117 on page 2-123).
Mode Select Header
7 0 6 5 4 3 2
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Medium Type
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Block Descriptor Length (MSByte)
Block Descriptor Length (LSByte)
1
Medium Type The Medium Type field will be set to 00H (default, only one medium type supported), 02H (write-once optical disks) or 03H (optical reversible or erasable medium).
Block
Descriptor
Length The Block Descriptor Length specifies the length in bytes of the block descriptor, equal to 0 or 8. A Block
Descriptor Length of 0 indicates that no block descriptors are included in the parameter list. This condition is not considered an error.
Chapter 2 2-123
Table 2-118
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Select (Group 2) Command (55H)
Mode Select Block Descriptor
7 6 Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Density Code
Number of Blocks (MSByte)
Number of Blocks
Number of Blocks (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Block Length (MSByte)
Block Length
Block Length (LSByte)
1
All fields in the Block Descriptor have no effect on the drive.
Refer to “Mode Sense (Group 0) Command (1AH)” on page 2-54 for
detailed information on each page.
0
2-124 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH)
Table 2-119
Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH)
Mode Select (Group 2) Command CDB
2
3-6
7
8
9
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (5AH)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Rsvd
(0)
DBD
PC Page Code
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length (MSByte)
Allocation Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
DBD
PC
Page Code
A disable block descriptors (DBD) bit of 0 (default) indicates that block descriptors are provided.
Page control defines the type of parameter values to be returned as follows:
00 - Current Values
01 - Changeable Values
10 - Default Values
11 - Saved Values
Page code values are the same as for the Mode Select
(Group 0) command. If the page code is specified as 00H or 3FH, all the pages are returned.
Allocation
Length Indicates the number of bytes that the indicator has allocated for return of this data. A length of 0 indicates that no data will be returned. This condition is not considered an error. The drive will terminate the data - in phase when the allocation length has been transferred or when all available data has been transferred to the initiator, whichever is less.
Chapter 2 2-125
Table 2-120
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH)
Mode Sense Header
7 Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
6
7
WP
6 5 4 3 2 1
Mode Data Length (MSByte)
Mode Data Length (LSByte)
Medium Type
Reserved (0) Cache
(1)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Block Descriptor Length (MSByte)
Block Descriptor Length (LSByte)
0
Mode Data
Length
Medium Type The Medium Type field is set to 00H (default, only one medium type is supported), 02H (write-once optical disks), or 03H (rewritable optical disks), depending on the drive condition (00H if no disk or not ready, and 02H or 03H if it is ready to access the disk).
WP
This field specifies the length in bytes of the MODE
SENSE data to follow.
A write protect bit of 1 indicates that the optical disk in the drive is write protected.
2-126 Chapter 2
Table 2-121
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Mode Sense (Group 2) Command (5AH)
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Cache
PS
The Cache bit of 1 indicates that caching is supported.
The Parameters Savable bit of 1 indicates this parameter page is savable in non-volatile storage.
Block Descriptor
Length The Block Descriptor Length field specifies the length in bytes of the block descriptor.
Mode Sense Block Descriptor
7 6 1 0 5 4 3 2
Density Codes
Number of Blocks (MSByte)
Number of Blocks
Number of Blocks (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Block Length (MSByte)
Block Length
Block Length (LSByte)
Descriptions of each page can be found in “Mode Sense (Group 0)
Chapter 2 2-127
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read (Group 5) Command (A8H)
NOTE
Table 2-122
Read (Group 5) Command (A8H)
This command reads data from the specified logical block address.
The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and erase commands.
Read (Group 5) Command CDB
8
9
6
7
10
11
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (A8H)
DPO FUA Reserved (0) RelAdr
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
Transfer Length
PBA
Transfer Length
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
2-128 Chapter 2
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read (Group 5) Command (A8H)
DPO A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to store readahead data in cache after the read data has been transferred to the initiator.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target it may store readahead data in the cache after the read data has been transferred to the initiator.
The DPO bit is ignored in 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives.
FUA
Rel Adr
A Force Unit Access bit of 1 indicates that the drive reads from the disk.
An FUA bit of 0 indicates that data may come from the cache memory.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
Transfer
Length
PBA
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be transferred.
A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be transferred and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
For Write-Once optical disks, blank checking is performed following a failed read. If the sector is blank, the sense key/additional sense code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Blank Sector Detected.
Chapter 2 2-129
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read (Group 5) Command (A8H)
When this command is used with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, setting the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL
REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.
2-130 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write (Group 5) Command (AAH)
NOTE
Table 2-123
NOTE
Write (Group 5) Command (AAH)
This command writes data starting at the specified logical block address.
The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and erase commands.
Write (Group 5) Command CDB
7-8
9
10
11
2
3-4
5
6
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (AAH)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
DPO FUA EBP Rsvd
(0)
RelAdr
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
PBA ErsCntl
Transfer Length
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
For Write-Once media, Byte 11, Bit 7 and Bit 6 are reserved (0).
DPO
.
A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to store the data in the cache after it has been transferred to the media.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to store the data in the cache after it has been transferred to the media.
This bit is ignored
Chapter 2 2-131
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write (Group 5) Command (AAH)
FUA
Rel Adr
EBP
A Force Unit Access bit of 1 indicates that data is written directly to the disk.
An FUA bit of 0 indicates that write caching will be allowed.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
If the Erase By-Pass bit is set to 0, an erase is automatically performed before writing the data.
An EBP bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.
Transfer
Length
PBA
ErsCntl
The Transfer Length field indicates the number of contiguous logical blocks to be transferred for this command.
A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be transferred and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
The Erase Control bit is identical to the Erase Bypass bit.
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/ media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
2-132 Chapter 2
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write (Group 5) Command (AAH)
When this command is used with 14X 512 OR 1024 byte/sector media, setting the ErsCntl bit or the PBA bit will cause the drive to return a
CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID FIELD in CDB.
For write-once optical disks, blank checking is performed before writing data. If a written block is detected during blank checking, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Overwrite Attempted.
Chapter 2 2-133
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH)
NOTE
Table 2-124
Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH)
This command erases data from the specified logical block address. This command can only be used with rewritable disks.
The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and erase commands.
Erase (Group 5) Command CDB
10
11
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (ACH)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Reserved (0) ERA Rsvd
(0)
RelAdr
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
PBA
Transfer Length (MSByte)
Transfer Length
Transfer Length
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
2-134 Chapter 2
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH)
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/ media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
If this command is executed for write-once disks, the drive returns a
CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid Command Operation Code.
ERA
Rel Adr
An Erase All bit of 1 indicates that all remaining blocks are erased, starting from the logical block address to the end of the disk. The transfer length must be set to 0.
An ERA bit of 0 indicates that all blocks are erased, starting from the logical block address to the end of the specified transfer length.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
Transfer
Length
PBA
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be erased for this command. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be erased and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
Chapter 2 2-135
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Erase (Group 5) Command (ACH)
When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/ additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.
2-136 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH)
Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH)
Writes data to the optical disk and then verifies the write by reading the written data and checking the error correction code.
NOTE
Table 2-125
Byte
5
6
7-8
9
0
1
2
3-4
10
11
The Mode Select Commands (15H, 55H) impact read, write, format, and erase commands.
Write and Verify (Group 5) CDB
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number (0)
Operation Code (AEH)
DPO Rsvd (0) EBP Rsvd (0) RelAdr
Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Logical Block Address
PBA ErsCntl
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
Transfer Length
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
NOTE For Write-Once media, Byte 11, Bit 7 and Bit 6 are reserved (0).
DPO A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to store the data in the cache after it has been transferred to the media.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to store the data in the cache after it has been transferred to the media.
This bit is ignored.
Chapter 2 2-137
NOTE
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH)
EBP
Rel Adr
An Erase By-Pass bit of 0 indicates an erase automatically performs before writing the data.
An EBP bit of 1 suppresses the erase operation.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
Transfer
Length
PBA
ErsCntl
The Transfer Length field indicates the number of contiguous logical blocks to be transferred for this command. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be transferred and is not considered an error.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
The Erase Control bit is identical to the Erase Bypass bit.
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/ media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
For write-once optical disks, blank checking is performed before writing data. If a written block is detected during blank checking, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to BLANK CHECK/Overwrite Attempted.
2-138 Chapter 2
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write and Verify (Group 5) Command (AEH)
When this command is used with 512 byte/sector 14X media or 1025 byte/ sector 14X media, setting the PBA bit or the ErsCntl bit will cause the drive to return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/Invalid Field in CDB.
Chapter 2 2-139
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Verify (Group 5) Command (AFH)
Table 2-126
Verify (Group 5) Command (AFH)
This command verifies the data starting from the specified logical block address by checking the error correction code.
This command has two modes of operation, depending on the value of the
BV bit. If the Blk Vfy bit is set to 0, it verifies previously written data integrity starting at the specified Logical Block Address by reading the data and checking the Error Correction Code. The verification threshold is set to approximately half of the error correction capability.
Verify (Group 5) CDB
8
9
6
7
10
11
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (AFH)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
DPO Rsvd
(0)
Blk
Vfy
Logical Block Address (MSByte
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address
Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Rsvd
(0)
RelAdr
Verification Length (MSByte)
Verification Length
Verification Length
Verification Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Flag Link
2-140 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Verify (Group 5) Command (AFH)
DPO
Blk Vfy
Rel Adr
A Disable Page Out bit of 1 instructs the target not to retain the data in the cache after it has been verified.
A DPO bit of 0 instructs the target to retain the data in the cache after it has been verified.
This bit is ignored.
A Blank Verify bit of 1 indicates the drive verifies that sectors are erased.
A Blk Vfy bit of 0 indicates the drive verifies written data integrity.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
Verification
Length Specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks of data to be verified. A value of 0 indicates that no blocks will be verified and is not considered an error.
Chapter 2 2-141
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H)
Table 2-127
Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H)
This command reads optical disk defect information. The data returned starts with an 8-byte header, followed by one or more defect descriptors.
Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command CDB
8
9
6
7
10
11
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (B7H)
PList GList Defect List Format
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length (MSByte)
Allocation Length
Allocation Length
Allocation Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0) Link Flag
PList &GList A Primary List bit of 0 and a Grown List bit of 1 indicates the drive will return the contents of the
Primary Defect List (PDL) and the Secondary Defect
List (SDL).
A PList bit of 1 and a GList bit of 0 indicates the drive will return the contents of PDL.
A PList bit of 1 and a GList bit of 1 indicates the drive will return the contents of the PDL and the SDL.
2-142 Chapter 2
Table 2-128
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H)
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Defect List
Format This field specifies the Defect List Format that is returned. Only the Physical Sector Format (5) is supported. If the Block Format (0) is specified, the defect list will be returned in Physical Sector Format and a CHECK CONDITION status will be returned at the completion of the command with the sense key/ additional sense code set to RECOVERED ERROR/
Defect List Not Available.
Allocation
Length Specifies the number of bytes that the initiator has allocated for return of this data. A length of 0 indicates that no data will be returned. This condition is not considered an error. The drive will terminate the data
— in phase when the allocation length has been transferred or when all defect data has been transferred to the initiator, whichever is less.
Read Defect Data Defect List Header
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
PList GList
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Defect List Format
Defect List Length (MSByte)
Defect List Length
Defect List Length
Defect List Length (LSByte)
PList
GList
A primary List bit of 1 indicates that the Primary List of defects was returned.
A Grown List bit of 1 indicates that the Grown List of defects was returned.
Chapter 2 2-143
Table 2-129
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Defect Data (Group 5) Command (B7H)
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Defect List
Format This field will be set to the Defect List Format that was indicated in byte 1 of the CDB, which specifies the format of the Defect List data returned by the drive.
Defect List
Length This field specifies the total length in bytes of the defect
descriptors (see Table 2-129 on page 2-144).
Physical Sector Format Defect Descriptor
7 0 6 5 4 3 2 1
Physical Track Number of the Defect (MSByte)
Physical Track Number of the Defect
Physical Track Number of the Defect (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Defective Physical Sector Number
2-144 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Long Command (DEH)
Table 2-130
Read Long Command (DEH)
This command reads data starting at the specified Logical Block
Address, including ECC data. Read data is not corrected using ECC.
Read Long Command CDB
Byte
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
0
1
7
PBA
6 5 4 3 2 1
Operation Code (DEH)
Reserved (0)
Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Starting Logical Block Address
Starting Logical Block Address
Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
SC
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag
0
RelAdr
Link
Chapter 2 2-145
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Read Long Command (DEH)
Transfer
Length
Rel Adr
PBA
SC
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of bytes of data and ECC information to be read:
4096 media = 4760 bytes (4096 data + 664 pointer, CRC, pad and ECC). For 9.1 Gbyte Capacity drives only.
2048 media = 2380 bytes (2048 data + 332 pointer, CRC, pad, and ECC). For 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives only.
1K media = 1200 bytes (1024 data + 176 pointer, CRC, pad, and ECC).
512 media = 610 bytes (512 data + 98 pointer, CRC, pad, and ECC).
All other numbers are rejected unless SC = 1.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
A Sector Count bit of 1 indicates the transfer length is represented in sectors rather than bytes. A "sector" consists of 2380 bytes for 2K media, 1200 bytes for 1K media or 610 bytes for 512 media.
A Sector Count bit of 0 indicates the transfer length is represented in bytes.
When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/ additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.
2-146 Chapter 2
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Long Command (DFH)
Table 2-131
NOTE
Write Long Command (DFH)
This command writes data starting at the specified Logical Block
Address, without using ECC generation circuitry. The ECC field is also written with data transferred to the drive.
Write Long Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (DFH)
Reserved (0)
Starting Logical Block Address (MSByte)
Starting Logical Block Address
PBA
Starting Logical Block Address
Starting Logical Block Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Transfer Length (MSByte)
SC
Transfer Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Flag
0
RelAdr
Link
The 9.1 and 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or
Write and Verify 650 Mbyte and 1.3-Gbyte optical disks. The 2.6 Gbyte capacity drives cannot Format, Erase, Write, or Write and Verify 650
Mbyte optical disks. If this command is issued with any of these drive/ media combinations, a CHECK CONDITION status will result with the
Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Data Protect/Write Protected.
Chapter 2 2-147
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Long Command (DFH)
Transfer
Length
Rel Adr
PBA
SC
The Transfer Length field specifies the number of bytes of data and ECC information to be read:
4096 media = 4760 bytes (4096 data + 664 pointer, CRC, pad, & ECC). For 9.1 Gbyte Capacity drives only.
2048 media = 2380 bytes (2048 data + 332 pointer, CRC, pad, and ECC). For 5.2 Gbyte capacity drives only.
1K media = 1200 bytes (1024 data + 176 pointer, CRC, pad, &ECC).
512 media = 610 bytes (512 data + 98 pointer, CRC, pad,
&ECC).
All other numbers are rejected unless SC = 1.
A relative address bit of one indicates that logical block address specified is a two’s complement offset from the last logical block address accessed.
A value of 0 indicates that the logical block address is an absolute address.
A Physical Block Address bit of 1 indicates that physical block addressing is used.
A PBA bit of 0 indicates that logical block addressing is used.
A Sector Count bit of 1 indicates the transfer length is represented in sectors rather than bytes. A "sector" consists of 2380 bytes for 2048 media, 1200 bytes for
1024 media or 610 bytes for 512 media.
A Sector Count bit of 0 indicates the transfer length is represented in bytes.
If this command is executed for write-once disks, the drive returns a
CHECK CONDITION status with the Sense Key/Additional Sense Code set to Illegal Request/Invalid Command Operation Code.
2-148 Chapter 2
NOTE
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Long Command (DFH)
When this command is executed with 14X 512 or 1024 byte/sector media, the drive will return a CHECK CONDITION status. The sense key/ additional sense code will be set to ILLEGAL REQUEST/INVALID
COMMAND.
Chapter 2 2-149
SCSI-2 Drive Command Set
Write Long Command (DFH)
2-150 Chapter 2
3 Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Chapter 3 3-1
Table 3-1
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Numerical List of Commands
Numerical List of Commands
Numerical List of Commands
Code
(hex.)
00H
01H
03H
07H
0CH
12H
16H
17H
1AH
1CH
Name Description
Test Unit Ready Checks to determine if the optical library is ready.
Rezero Unit Sets the library to a specific predefined state.
Request Sense Determines a specific error condition when the library fails to successfully complete a command.
Initialize
Element Status
Rotate Mailslot
Command
Controls
Inquiry
Checks all elements for media.
Controls mailslot rotation.
Reserve
Release
Mode Sense
Receive
Diagnostic
Results
Provides vendor, product, and revision information
Reserves the library for use by a single SCSI initiator.
Releases the library for use by multiple SCSI initiators.
Determines element parameter information
Retrieves diagnostic test information resulting from the Send Diagnostic
Command
Page
Number
3-2 Chapter 3
Table 3-1
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Numerical List of Commands
Numerical List of Commands
Code
(hex.)
1DH
1EH
2BH
3BH
3CH
4DH
A5H
A6H
B8H
Name Description Page
Number
Send Diagnostic Causes the library to perform predefined diagnostic test/exerciser routines.
Prevent/Allow
Medium
Removal
Prevents or allows the manual insertion or removal of media through the mailslot.
Position To
Element
Positions the specified transport element in front of the specified destination element.
Writes data to the jukebox Write Buffer
Command
Read Buffer
Command
Log Sense
Reads data from the jukebox
Move Medium
Retrieves statistical information about the library.
Moves media between library elements.
Exchange
Medium
Read Element
Status
Exchanges media at the source element address with the destination element address.
Retrieves the status of the storage slots, mailslot, drives, and picker.
Chapter 3 3-3
Table 3-2
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Alphabetical List of Commands
Alphabetical List of Commands
Alphabetical List of Commands
Code
(hex.)
Name
A6H Exchange
Medium
07H Initialize
Element Status
12H Inquiry
4DH
1AH
A5H
2BH
1EH
Log Sense
Mode Sense
Move Medium
Position To
Element
Prevent/Allow
Medium
Removal
3CH Read Buffer
Command
B8H Read Element
Status
Description
Exchanges media at the source element address with the destination element address.
Checks all elements for media.
Provides vendor, product, and revision information
Retrieves statistical information about the library.
Determines element parameter information
Moves media between library elements.
Positions the specified transport element in front of the specified destination element.
Prevents or allows the manual insertion or removal of media through the mailslot.
Reads data from the jukebox.
Page
Number
Retrieves the status of the storage slots, mailslot, drives, and picker.
3-4 Chapter 3
Table 3-2
NOTE
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Alphabetical List of Commands
Alphabetical List of Commands
Code
(hex.)
Name Description
1CH
17H
03H
16H
01H
Receive
Diagnostic
Results
Release
Request Sense
Reserve
Rezero Unit
Retrieves diagnostic test information resulting from the Send Diagnostic
Command
Releases the library for use by multiple SCSI initiators.
Determines a specific error condition when the library fails to successfully complete a command.
Reserves the library for use by a single SCSI initiator.
Sets the library to a specific predefined state.
Controls mailslot rotation.
0CH Rotate Mailslot
Command
Controls
1DH Send
Diagnostic
00H
3BH
Test Unit
Ready
Write Buffer
Command
Causes the library to perform predefined diagnostic test/ exerciser routines.
Checks to determine if the optical library is ready.
Writes data to the jukebox
Page
Number
Throughout this section, a Control Byte (0) is vendor unique and should always be set to 0.
Chapter 3 3-5
Table 3-3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Test Unit Ready Command (00H)
Test Unit Ready Command (00H)
This command determines the READY state of the library. If the library is in a ready state when it receives this command, it returns a GOOD status. If the library is not ready when it receives the Test Unit Ready
Command, it returns a CHECK CONDITION with a sense key of NOT
READY.
Test Unit Ready Command CDB
0
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (00H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
1
3-6 Chapter 3
Table 3-4
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Rezero Unit Command (01H)
Rezero Unit Command (01H)
This command recalibrates the mechanical system and sets the library to a specific predefined state.
Rezero Unit Command CDB
0
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (01H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
1
Chapter 3 3-7
Table 3-5
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
Request Sense Command (03H)
This command determines the specific error condition when the library fails to successfully complete a command and returns a check condition status. (Sense data is preserved for the initiator until retrieved by a
Request Sense Command or until the initiator sends another command.)
Codes are used to represent the error condition and this information can be used to determine what type of error recovery procedure is appropriate.
Request Sense Command CDB
0
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (03H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length
Control Byte (0)
1
Allocation
Length This field contains the number of data bytes to be returned.
3-8 Chapter 3
Table 3-6
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
3-6
7
8-11
12
13
14
15
16-17
18-77
Request Sense Data Parameter Block Format
Byte
0
1
2
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Valid
Reserved (0)
Error Code (70H or 71H)
Reserved (0)
Sense Key (Table 3-7 on page 3-10)
Information
Additional Sense Length (Table 3-7 on page 3-10)
Reserved (0)
Additional Sense Code (Table B-2 on page B-4)
Additional Sense Code Qualifier (Table B-2 on page B-4)
Reserved (0)
SKSV
Sense Key Specific (Table 3-8 on page 3-11)
Sense Key Specific
Additional Sense Bytes
Valid A valid bit of "1" indicates the information field contains valid information.
Error Code Either 70H (current error) or 71H (deferred error).
Sense Key and
Additional
Sense Length See Table 3-7 on page 3-10.
Chapter 3 3-9
Table 3-7
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
Sense Key - Additional Sense Length Values
Sense Key Description
0H
1H
2H
4H
5H
6H
BH
No Sense
Recovered Error
Not Ready
Hardware Error
Illegal Request
Unit Attention
Aborted Command
Additional Sense
Length
10
10
10
10
70
10
70
Information Contains the Element address in question on an Illegal
Request during a 21H or 3BH sense code.
Additional Sense
Code The Additional Sense Code specifies detailed information related to the error reported in the Sense
Key field. See Table B-2 on page B-4.
Additional Sense
Code Qualifier The Additional Sense Code Qualifier specifies detailed information related to the Additional Sense Code. See
SKSV When set to 1, the Sense Key Specific bytes contains valid data. When set to 0, Bytes 15, 16, and 17 are zero.
Sense Key
Specific When the Sense Key field is set to Illegal Request (05H) and SKSV is 1, the Sense Key Specific fields are defined
as shown in Table 3-8 on page 3-11.
Additional Sense
Bytes This field may contain information when the Additional
Sense Length field contains a value greater than 10. See
Table B-5 on page B-8 and Table B-6 on page B-14.
3-10 Chapter 3
Table 3-8
NOTE
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Request Sense Command (03H)
Sense Key Field = Illegal Request (05H) and SKSV Bit = 1
Byte
15
16
17
7
SKSV
(1)
6
C/D
5 4 3
Reserved (0) BPV
Field Pointer (MSByte)
Field Pointer (LSByte)
2 1
Bit Pointer
0
C/D
BPV
1 = Illegal Parameter is in Command Descriptor Block.
0 = Illegal Parameter is in Data Out Phase.
1 = Bit pointer field is valid.
0 = Bit pointer field is invalid.
Bit Pointer Specifies which bit is in error. When a multiple bit field is in error, the pointer points to the most significant bit in the field.
Field Pointer Specifies which byte is in error. Bytes are numbered starting from 0. When a multiple-byte field is in error, the pointer points to the most significant byte of the field.
Bytes identified as being in error are not necessarily the bytes that need to be changed to correct the problem.
Chapter 3 3-11
Table 3-9
NOTE
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Initialize Element Status Command (07H)
Initialize Element Status Command (07H)
This command checks all elements for optical disks and for relevant status. This information is retained and can be accessed through the
Read Element Status Command (B8H). Refer to Table 3-70 on page 3-68.
Initialize Element Status Command CDB
0
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (07H)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
1
This command takes a few minutes to complete
3-12 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Rotate Mailslot Command (0CH)
Table 3-10
Rotate Mailslot Command (0CH)
The host system may send this SCSI vendor-unique command to the optical disk library to control mailslot rotation.
Rotate Mailslot Command CDB
0
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (0CH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
1
Open
Open An Open value of 1 causes the mailslot to rotate out. An
Open value of 0 causes the mailslot to rotate in.
There are three exceptions:
• If another device, including the front panel, already has the mailslot prevented or reserved.
• If there is an optical disk already in the transport element (picker).
• If the optical disk library is full.
Chapter 3 3-13
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
Table 3-11
NOTE
Inquiry Command (12H)
This command requests information describing the type of SCSI device.
This information includes the following:
• Vendor ID
• Product ID
• Product revision
Inquiry Command CDB
1 0
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (12H)
Reserved (0)
VPD Identifier
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length
Control Byte (0)
EVPD
EVPD A 0 in this bit requests Standard Inquiry Information.
A 1 in this bit requests the vital product data specified by the VPD identifier field.
VPD Identifier If EVPD is 0, this field should be 0. If EVPD is 1, this field will contain the code for the requested vital
product data page (Table 3-12 on page 3-15).
Allocation
Length The number of bytes reserved for returned data.
Vital Product data pages are not supported in “fx” model jukeboxes.
3-14 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
Table 3-12 Vital Product Data Page Codes
Page Code
0
80H
C0H
Description
Supported vital product data pages
Unit serial number
Firmware information page
Table 3-13
Inquiry Command Data
Standard Inquiry Data Format
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5-7
8-15
16-31
32-35
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Peripheral Qualifier (0)
RMB
(1)
Peripheral Device Type
(08H=Medium Changer).
Device-Type Qualifier (0)
ISO Version (0)
AENC
(0)
TrmIOP
(0)
ECMA Version (0)
Reserved (0)
ANSI-Approved
Version (2)
Response Data Format (2)
Additional Length (1FH)
Reserved (0)
Vendor Identification (HP)
Product Identification
Product Revision Level
RMB Removable medium bit. When this bit is set to 1, medium is removable.
ANSI and
Response Data
Format The returned value of 2 indicate compliance to X3131-
199x.
Chapter 3 3-15
Table 3-14
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
AENC,
TrmIOP Asynchronous event notification and the terminate I/O process message are not supported.
Response Data
Format Indicates the inquiry data format complies with X3131-
199X.
Vendor
Identification All unused bytes are filled with a blank space. (ASCII)
Product
Identification
String All unused bytes are filled with a blank space. (ASCII)
3
4
1
2
5
6
Vital Product Data Pages
Supported Vital Product Data Pages
Byte
0
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Peripheral Qualifier
(0)
Peripheral Device Type (08H)
Page Code (0)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (03H)
0 (this page)
80H (Unit Serial Number Page)
C0H (Firmware Information Page - Vendor Unique)
0
3-16 Chapter 3
Table 3-15
Table 3-16
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Inquiry Command (12H)
Unit Serial Number Page
Byte
0
1
2
3
4-15
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Peripheral Qualifier
(0)
Peripheral Device Type (08H)
Page Code (80H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (0CH)
Serial Number (ASCII)
0
Firmware Information Page
Byte
0
1
2
3
4-7
8-13
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Peripheral Qualifier
(0)
Peripheral Device Type (08H)
Page Code (C0H)
Reserved (0)
Page Length (0AH)
Controller Firmware Revision (x.xx, ASCII)
Controller Firmware Type Code (xxxxxx, ASCII)
0
Chapter 3 3-17
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Reserve Command (16H)
Table 3-17
Reserve Command (16H)
This command reserves the library for use by a single SCSI initiator when the library is connected to multiple initiators.
Reserve Command CDB
0
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (16H)
3rdPty Third Party Device
ID
Reservation Identification
Element List Length (MSByte)
Element List Length (LSByte)
Control Byte (0)
Element
3rdPty When set to 1, the library is reserved for the SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field.
Third Party
Device ID
Element
A third party device ID indicates identification of the
SCSI device the library is to be reserved for.
When set to 1, any valid element identified in the element list is reserved for the initiator making the request.
When set to 0, all elements are reserved.
Reservation
Identification Identifies each element reservation with a code word byte.
Element List
Length Defines the size of the element list.
3-18 Chapter 3
Table 3-18
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Reserve Command (16H)
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
Reserve Command Element List Descriptors
Each element list consists of zero or more descriptors. The element list descriptor defines a series of elements beginning at the specified element address for the specified number of elements.
If the number of elements is zero, the element list begins at the specified element address and continues through the last element address on the unit. However, if the Element Address is a transport device (a picker) or an unused Element Address, a status of CHECK CONDITION, Sense
Key = ILLEGAL REQUEST is returned.
Reserve Command Element List Descriptors
7 6 1 0 5 4 3 2
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Number of Elements (MSByte)
Number of Elements (LSByte)
Element Address (MSByte)
Element Address (LSByte)
Chapter 3 3-19
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Release Command (17H)
Table 3-19
Release Command (17H)
This command releases the library or element for use by another initiator.
Reserve Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (17H)
3rdPty Third Party Device
ID
Reservation Identification
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
0
Element
3rdPty
Element
When set to 1, the element or unit is released from a previous reserve which had been made using a third party reservation.
When set to 1, any reservation from the requesting initiator with a matching reservation identification is terminated. All other reservations remain intact.
When this bit is set to 0, the target terminates all element and unit reservations.
Reservation
Identification Identifies each element reservation code word byte.
3-20 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Table 3-20
Byte
2
3
0
1
4
5
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
This command acquires element parameter information about the library. This information includes, but is not limited to the following:
• First storage slot element address and number of storage slots.
• First input/output (mailslot) element address and number of input/ output elements.
• First medium transport element (picker) address and number of medium transport elements.
• First optical drive element address and number of drives.
• Characteristics of the various element types.
Mode Sense Command CDB
0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PC
Operation Code (1AH)
Reserved (0)
Page Code
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length (Table 3-21 on page 3-22)
Control Byte (0)
PC Page Control defines the type of parameter values to be returned as follows:
0 - Current Values
1 - Changeable Values
2 - Default Values
3 - Saved Values
Chapter 3 3-21
Table 3-21
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Page Code Valid Page Code values are:
1DH - Element Address Assignment Page (Table 3-22 on page 3-23)
1EH - Transport Element Parameters (Table 3-25 on page 3-25)
1FH - Device Capabilities Page (Table 3-26 on
page 3-27 or Table 3-27 on page 3-28)
3FH - All Pages
Allocation
Length The number of bytes returned for each page code are shown in the following two tables:
Mode Sense Allocation Lengths
# of Return
Bytes
Page
Code
Description Table
24
8 or 10
24
12
1DH
1EH
1FH
20H
Element Address
Assignment
Transport Element
Parameters
Device Capabilities
Configuration
Parameters
All Pages
62 or 64 a 3FH a. All models except the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx will run in either single- or double- picker mode. The higher number represents double-picker mode. (Double picker mode is the default mode).
3-22 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Table 3-22
10
11
12
13
14
15
Byte
0
1-3
4
5
6
7
8
9
16
17
18
19
20
21
22-23
Mode Sense Element Address Assignment Page (1DH) Format
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Reserved (0)
Sense Data Length (23)
Reserved (0)
Page Code (1DH)
Parameter Length (12H)
First Medium Transport Element Address (MSByte) (0)
First Medium Transport Element Address (LSByte)
Number Of Medium Transport Elements (MSByte) (0)
Number Of Medium Transport Elements (LSByte)
First Storage Element Address (MSByte) (0)
First Storage Element Address (LSByte) (Table 3-24 on page 3-24)
Number Of Storage Elements (MSByte) (0)
Number Of Storage Elements (LSByte) (Table 3-24 on page 3-24)
First Import/Export Element Address (MSByte) (0)
First Import/Export Element Address (LSByte)
Number Of Import/Export Elements (MSByte) (0)
Number Of Import/Export Elements (LSByte) (1)
First Data Transfer Element Address (MSByte) (0)
First Data Transfer Element Address (LSByte) (1)
Number Of Data Transfer Elements (MSByte) (0)
Number Of Data Transfer Elements (LSByte) (Table 3-24 on page 3-24)
Reserved (0)
Chapter 3 3-23
Table 3-23
Table 3-24
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
40fx
80fx
160fx
200fx
330fx
600fx
80ex
160ex
320ex
400ex
660ex
1200ex
Number of Transport Elements
Transport Mode a First Transport
Address
Dual Picker Mode
Single Picker Mode
16
0
2
1 a.All models except the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx will run in either single-or double-picker mode. All other jukebox models run in singlepicker mode only.
Number of Data Transfer Elements
# of Transport
Elements
Model First
Storage
Address
31
31
11
31
11
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
Storage
Elements
First Import
Address
128
238
16
32
16
32
64
76
64
76
128
238
10
20
20
20
20
20
10
20
20
20
20
20
Data
Transfer
Elements
4
2
1 or 2
2
4 or 6
6,8,10,12
1 or 2
2
4
2
4 or 6
4, 6, or 10
3-24 Chapter 3
Table 3-25
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Transport Element (Picker)
Mode Sense Transport Element Parameter Page (1EH) Format
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3
4
1
2
5
6
0
7
8
Sense Data Length (7) or (9) a
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Page Code (1EH)
Parameter Length (02H) or (04H)
Reserved (0) Rotate
(1)
Member Number In Transport Element Set (0)
Reserved (0) Rotate
(1)
9 Member Number In Transport Element Set (1) a. All models except the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx will run in either single- or double-picker mode. All other jukebox models run in singlepicker mode only. In single picker mode 7 bytes will be returned; in dualpicker mode 9 bytes will be returned.
Parameter
Length
Rotate
Number of bytes which describe each transport element
(picker).
When set to 1, this bit indicates that the medium transport element (picker) supports flipping doublesided optical disks.
Chapter 3 3-25
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Device Capabilities
The Device Capability Page provides information about library element storage, Move Medium, and Exchange Medium capabilities.
The following abbreviations are used in the field names of the following two tables:
• MT - Medium transport element (picker)
• ST - Storage element
• IE - Import/Export element (mailslot)
• DT - Data Transport element (drive)
3-26 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Table 3-26 Mode Sense Device Capabilities Page (1FH) a
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0
1-3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12-15
16
17
18
19
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Sense Data Length (23)
Reserved (0)
Page Code (1FH)
Parameter Length (12H)
StorDT
(0)
Reserved (0)
StorIE
(1)
MT->DT
(1)
ST->DT
(1)
MT->IE
(0)
ST ->IE
(1)
IE->DT
(1)
DT->DT
(1)
Reserved (0)
IE ->IE
(0)
DT->IE
(1)
MT<>DT
(1)
MT<>IE
(0)
StorST
(1)
MT->ST
(1)
ST->ST
(1)
IE ->ST
(1)
DT->ST
(1)
ST<>DT
(1)
IE<>DT
(1)
DT<>DT
(1)
Reserved (0)
ST<>IE
(1)
IE<>IE
(0)
DT<>IE
(1)
StorMT
(0)
MT->MT
(0)
ST->MT
(1)
IE->MT
(0)
DT->MT
(1)
MT<>ST
(1)
MT<>MT
(0)
ST<>ST
(1)
IE<>ST
(1)
DT<>ST
(1)
ST<>MT
(0)
IE<>MT
(0)
DT<>MT
(0)
20-23 a. This table applies to all jukeboxes, EXCEPT the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models.
Chapter 3 3-27
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Table 3-27 Mode Sense Device Capabilities Page (1FH) a
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0
1-3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12-15
16
17
18
19
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Sense Data Length (23)
Reserved (0)
Page Code (1FH)
Parameter Length (12H)
StorDT
(0)
Reserved (0)
StorIE
(1)
MT->DT
(1)
ST->DT
(1)
MT->IE
(0)
ST ->IE
(1)
IE->DT
(1)
DT->DT
(1)
Reserved (0)
IE ->IE
(0)
DT->IE
(1)
MT<>DT
(1)
MT<>IE
(0)
StorST
(1)
MT->ST
(1)
ST->ST
(1)
IE ->ST
(1)
DT->ST
(1)
ST<>DT
(1)
IE<>DT
(1)
DT<>DT
(1)
Reserved (0)
ST<>IE
(1)
IE<>IE
(0)
DT<>IE
(1)
20-23 a. This table applies ONLY to the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models.
StorMT
(0)
MT->MT
(0)
ST->MT
(1)
IE->MT
(0)
DT->MT
(1)
MT<>ST
(1)
MT<>MT
(0)
ST<>ST
(1)
IE<>ST
(1)
DT<>ST
(1)
ST<>MT
(0)
IE<>MT
(0)
DT<>MT
(0)
3-28 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
In the descriptions below, XX and YY are abbreviations of the element types such as MT or ST.
StorXX When this bit is set to 1, the XX element type provides independent storage for a cartridge.
XX->YY - Move
Medium A returned bit value of 1 indicates that the library supports Move Medium commands from the XX (source)
Medium command.
If the StorXX bit is set to 0, it indicates that elements of that type provide virtual sources or destinations, and the storage location of the cartridge is provided by an element of some other type.
A returned bit value of 0 indicates that Move Medium commands from the XX element to the YY element are not supported and will be rejected, with ILLEGAL
REQUEST.
XX<>YY -
Exchange
Medium A returned bit value of 1 indicates that the library supports Exchange Medium commands where the source is element type XX and destination 1 is element type YY, and destination 2 is of the same type as the source element.
An XX<>YY field returned bit value of 0 indicates that these Exchange Medium commands will be rejected
with ILLEGAL REQUEST. See Table 3-69 on page 3-66
for additional information on the Exchange Medium
Command.
Chapter 3 3-29
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Table 3-28 Autochanger Configuration Mode Page (20H)
Byte
0
1-3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
7 6
Reserved (0)
Recovery
Slots
230-238
SCSI Log
Dual
Picker
In/Out
Conf
40
5 4 3 2 1
Sense Data Length (11)
Reserved (0)
Page Code (20H)
Page Length (06H)
Starwars
/ Bump
Check
Secure Secure
In/Out
Rotation
Power
Secure
Reserved (0)
Report
Recovered
Reserved (0)
No
Break on
Fail
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
0
Write
Verify
This Mode Page provides information on the state of the autochanger’s configuration options. Page control requests for Current and Saved values return the same values. Requests for changeable values return all zeros because none of these values are changeable through a Mode
Select. Requests for Default values return the Default values.
3-30 Chapter 3
NOTE
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
The following lists the correspondences between fields of this Page and the control panel options on the jukeboxes.
“Large Jukebox” in the following list means Models 330fx, 600fx, 660fx,
1200ex, 1200mx, and 2200mx.
“Medium Jukebox” in the following list means Models 80fx, 160fx, 200fx,
160ex, 320ex, 400ex, 300mx, 600mx, and 700mx.
“Small Jukebox” in the following list means Models 40fx and 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx.
Recovery
Dual Picker Large Jukebox: DUAL PICKER ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: DUAL PICKER ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Starwars
Large Jukebox: RECOVERY ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: RECOVERY ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 21 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Large Jukebox: STARWARS ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: STARWARS ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 42 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Secure Large Jukebox: SECURE ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: SECURE ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 15 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Secure Mail
In/Out
Power Secure Large Jukebox: POWER SECURE ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: POWER SECURE ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 20 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Report
Recovered
Large Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Medium Jukebox: SECURE MAIL IN/OUT (1 = IN)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 31 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Large Jukebox: REP RECOVERED ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: REP RECOVERED ON/OFF (1=ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 27 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Write Verify Large Jukebox: WRITE VERIFY ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: WRITE VERIFY ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 41 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Chapter 3 3-31
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Mode Sense Command (1AH)
Slots 230-238 Large Jukebox: SLOTS 230-238 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Small Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Mail In/Out Large Jukeboxes DOOR OPEN/CLOSED 1=CLOSED
Medium Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Small Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Mail Rotation Large Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Medium Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 32 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
SCSI Log Large Jukebox: SCSI LOG ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: SCSI LOG ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Conf 40 Large Jukebox: CONF40 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Medium Jukebox: CONF40 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
Small Jukebox: CONF40 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
No Break on
Fail Large Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Medium Jukebox: Reserved (0)
Small Jukebox: CONFIG 8 ON/OFF (1 = ON)
3-32 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)
NOTE
Table 3-29
Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)
This command retrieves the results of a library diagnostic test performed using the Send Diagnostic Command (Table 3-31 on page 3-35). The diagnostic test number and parameters, error codes, and FRU information are provided.
The following tables provide information that can help with troubleshooting failed components in a unit. The FRUs returned should be considered pointers to the best area within the unit to check for the fault. Simply changing the FRU listed may or may not fix the associated problem.
Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (1CH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length (MSByte)
Allocation Length (LSByte)
Control Byte (0)
1
Allocation
Length
0
The maximum number of parameter bytes that may be sent in the Data In Phase to describe the results of the test.
Chapter 3 3-33
Table 3-30
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH)
Receive Diagnostic Results Command CDB
7 6 Byte
4
5
6-13
2
3
0
1
5 4 3 2
Reserved (0)
Hardware Error Code
FRU 1
FRU 2
FRU 3
Number of the Test that Failed
Parameters
1 0
Hardware Error
Code Code is generated only if an unrecoverable error occurs
FRU 1
FRU 2
The FRU most likely to be at fault (See Table C-1 on
page C-2 or Table C-2 on page C-4).
The second most likely FRU to be at fault. (See
Table C-1 on page C-2 or Table C-2 on page C-4).
FRU 3
The third most likely FRU to be at fault (See Table C-1
on page C-2 or Table C-2 on page C-4).
Test Number The diagnostic test number. This will not be a sequence number, but the specific test that failed. Refer to
Table B-12 on page B-40 for a list of the jukebox
diagnostic tests.
Parameters Additional parameters as defined for individual tests.
There may be several like components in a unit. These components may have a common FRU number. When it is possible to detect which of these
FRUs may be at fault, the error code field reflects the one to check.
3-34 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)
Table 3-31
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)
This command causes the library to perform certain predefined diagnostic test/exercise routines.
The Request Sense (Table 3-5 on page 3-8) and the Receive Diagnostic
Results (Table 3-29 on page 3-33) commands can be used to get the
results of a test.
Send Diagnostic Command CDB
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (1DH)
Reserved (0) SelfTst DevOfL UnitOfl
Reserved (0)
Parameter List Length (MSByte)
Parameter List Length (LSByte)
Control Byte (0)
SelfTst When set to 1, the Poweron Selftest runs. This selftest is equivalent to running Test Sequence 1, the Poweron
Sequence. The parameter list length must be 0.
When set to 0, the diagnostic specified in the parameter list is run.
DevOfL
UnitOfl
Must be set to 1 for any test other than Selftest.
Must be set to 1 for any test other than Selftest.
Parameter List
Length The number of parameter bytes in the Data Out Phase that describes the test to be run. The valid range is between 2 and 10, although this value must be 0 if the
Selftest bit is set to 1. See Table 3-32 on page 3-36.
Chapter 3 3-35
Table 3-32
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Send Diagnostic Command (1DH)
Send Diagnostic Command Data
Send Diagnostic Command Parameter List
6 5 Byte
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
0
1
7
Break
4 3 2
Test Number
Loop Count Identifier
Parameters
Parameters
Parameters
Parameters
Parameters
Parameters
Parameters
Parameters
1 0
Test Number Diagnostic test number. See Table B-12 on page B-40 or
Table B-13 on page B-44 for a list of the jukebox
diagnostic tests.
Break Indicates how to terminate the loop count if an error occurs.
Loop Count
Identifier
0 - Break on first error
1 - Do not break on error
The number of times the test will be repeated before the test is terminated and status is returned.
1H - Run 1 time
2H - Run 10 times
3H - Run 100 times
4H - Run 1000 times
Parameters Parameters associated with the specified tests.
3-36 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command (1EH)
Table 3-33
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command
(1EH)
This command either prevents or allows users to insert or remove optical disks using the mailslot.
Prevent/Allow Medium Removal Command CDB
0
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (1EH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
1
Prevent
Prevent A Prevent bit of 1 prevents removal of an optical disk. A prevent bit of 0 allows removal of an optical disk.
Default is 0.
Chapter 3 3-37
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Position To Element Command (2BH)
Table 3-34
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Position To Element Command (2BH)
This command positions the specified transport element in front of the specified destination element.
Position To Element Command CDB
0 Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (2BH)
Reserved (0)
Transport Element Address (MSByte)
Transport Element Address (LSByte)
Destination Element Address (MSByte)
Destination Element Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
1
Invert
Transport Element
Address The default address of zero is the best address for use.
(Changing from the default could result in a decrease in jukebox performance.) However, this field can also be set to a specific transport element address (see Table 3-
22 on page 3-23).
Destination Element
Address See Table 3-22 on page 3-23 in the description of the
Mode Sense Command for more information about addressing.
Invert An Invert bit value of 1 requests the transport element be inverted (flipped) before being placed in front of the destination element.
3-38 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
CAUTION
Table 3-35
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
This command writes data to the jukebox.
Incorrect use of this command may cause an overwrite of critical information needed for the jukebox to operate. If this occurs, call service.
Only Buffer IDs listed in Table 3-37 on page 3-40 are intended for use
outside of the factory.
Write Buffer Command CDB
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (3BH)
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Reserved (0)
Mode (See Table 3-37 on page 3-40)
Buffer ID (Table 3-37 on page 3-40)
Buffer Offset (MSByte)
Buffer Offset
Buffer Offset (LSByte)
Byte Transfer Length (MSByte)
Byte Transfer Length
Byte Transfer Length (LSByte)
Control Byte (0)
Mode
Buffer ID
Indicates which data format is used. Refer to Table 3-37 on page 3-40 for valid values.
Indicates which buffer is used. Refer to Table 3-37 on page 3-40 for valid values.
Chapter 3 3-39
Table 3-36
Table 3-37
NOTE
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
Buffer Offset Indicates at what address the data is written, offset from the beginning of the buffer. Must be set to 0 when using Download Microcode ID.
Byte Transfer
Length Indicates the number of data bytes to be written in the buffer.
Write Buffer Mode Descriptions
Description Mode
1
4
5
Vendor specific
Download microcode
Download microcode
User Accessible Buffers and Allowed Write Modes
User-Accessible Buffers
Download Microcode (FLASH EPROM)
Customer and Product ID (NVRAM)
Online Drive Repair ID
Buffer
ID
1
15
128
Allowed
Write Modes
4,5
1
1
Additional buffer IDs are for factory use only and are subject to change without notice.
3-40 Chapter 3
Table 3-38
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
Write Buffer Data Format When Buffer ID Set to Online Drive
Repair
Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Description
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 a.Model dependent
Drive 1 Control
Drive 2 Control
Drive 3 a
Control
Drive 4
Drive 5
Drive 6
Drive 7
Drive 8
Drive 9
Drive 10
Drive 11
Drive 12
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Chapter 3 3-41
Table 3-39
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Write Buffer Command (3BH)
Drive Control Definition
Byte
00
01
04
06
Description
No change to the drive state.
Set drive to "Online_good" state.
Set drive to "Offline_failed" state.
Set drive to "Offline_good" state.
3-42 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Buffer Command (3CH)
NOTE
Table 3-40
Read Buffer Command (3CH)
This command reads data from the jukebox.
Only the Buffer IDs listed in Table 3-42 on page 3-44 are intended for use
outside of the factory.
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Read Buffer Command CDB
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (3CH)
Reserved (0)
Buffer ID
Buffer Offset (MSByte)
Buffer Offset
Buffer Offset (LSByte)
Byte Transfer Length (MSByte)
Byte Transfer Length
Byte Transfer Length (LSByte)
Control Byte (0)
Mode
0
Mode
Buffer ID
Indicates which data format is to be used. Refer to
Table 3-41 on page 3-44 for valid values.
Indicates which buffer is to be used. Refer to Table 3-41 on page 3-44 for valid values.
Buffer Offset Indicates at what address the data should be written, offset from the beginning of the buffer.
Byte Transfer
Length Indicates the number of data bytes to be read from the buffer (maximum of 65535).
Chapter 3 3-43
NOTE
Table 3-41
Table 3-42
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Buffer Command (3CH)
Additional Buffer IDs are for factory use only and are subject to change without notice.
Read Buffer Mode Descriptions
Description Mode
1 Vendor specific
User Accessible Buffers and Allowed Read Modes
User-Accessible Buffers
Online Drive Repair ID
Buffer
ID
128
Allowed
Read Modes
1
3-44 Chapter 3
Table 3-43
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Buffer Command (3CH)
Read Buffer Data Format When Buffer ID Set to Online Drive
Repair
Description Byte
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Drive 1 Status
Drive 2 Status
Drive 3 a
Status
Drive 10
Status
10
11
12
13
Drive 11
Status
Drive 12
Status
Reserved
Reserved
14
15
Reserved
Reserved a.Model dependent
Chapter 3 3-45
Table 3-44
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Buffer Command (3CH)
Drive Status Definition
Byte
00
01
02
04
05
06
Status Description
Drive is not valid
Online_good
Online_pending
The drive is online and in a good state. This is the normal state. All accesses allowed.
The drive is offline and ready to go to the "Online_good" state. No accesses allowed.
Offline_failed
Offline_good_pending The drive is online but requesting to go the "Offline_good" state. All accesses allowed.
Offline_good
The drive is offline and in a failed state. No accesses allowed. No power is applied to the drive.
The drive is offline but is not in a failed state. No accesses allowed. No power is applied to the drive.
3-46 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Table 3-45
8
9
6
7
4
5
2
3
Log Sense Command (4DH)
This command retrieves statistical library information maintained by the jukebox.
Log Sense Command CDB
Byte
0
1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Logical Unit Number
(0)
Operation Code (4DH)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Page Code (Table 3-46 on page 3-48)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Parameter Pointer (MSByte) (0)
Parameter Pointer (LSByte) (0)
Allocation Length (MSByte)
Allocation Length (LSByte)
Control Byte (0)
0
Allocation
Length The number of parameter bytes, including the Log Page
Descriptor Block and the parameter structures. Refer to
Log Sense Parameter Data
Parameter data returned by the Log Sense Command is organized into pages. The parameter data available in each page is described in
Chapter 3 3-47
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Table 3-46 Log Sense Parameter Data Available in Each Page
Page
Code
Length
Bytes a
Length
Bytes b
Description
0
30H
31H
32H
33H
34H
35H
16
510
72 varied
406
204
14-44
16
366
NS c
NS
366
204
24-44
List of supported pages
Error log (Table 3-47 on page 3-49)
Move Success log (Table 3-51 on page 3-53)
Force log (Table 3-53 on page 3-54)
Recovery log (Table 3-54 on page 3-55)
Regression (vendor unique)
Drive log d
36H
37H
38H
39H
6
24
116
108
NS
24
366
NS
Byte 0 = Version #; Byte 1 = Revision #
The Odometer log (Table 3-60 on page 3-58)
Run-Time log (Table 3-61 on page 3-59)
Retry log (Table 3-64 on page 3-61)
3AH
3BH
3CH
3DH
52
72
8
204
NS
164-340
8
NS
Move History log (Table 3-66 on page 3-63)
Mechanism Parameters (factory use only)
PROM Information (factory use only)
Alternate Regression (factory use only) a. This column ONLY applies to the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx.
b. This column applies to all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx.
c. If "NS" appears in this field, the log is not supported for all models, EXCEPT
40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx.
d. The length of the drive log depends on the number of drives in the unit. Ten bytes per drive are available.
All log pages are preceded by a 4-byte header that contains the page number, a reserved byte, and the length of the data to follow the header.
(Refer to the following example.)
3-48 Chapter 3
Table 3-47
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Error Logs Table Format
during normal operation of the jukebox.
This log may be initialized before exerciser or wellness sequences are run. This allows you to accumulate data related to the test at hand.
When you initialize the cumulative log, all data accumulated is lost.
Error Logs Table Format a
Byte # Description
2
3
0
1
4
5
6-366
Page Code 30H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow (MSByte)
Number of bytes to follow (LSByte)
Current Entry
Number of Entries
Array of 10 log entries (36 Bytes each) a. This table applies to all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and
220mx.
Chapter 3 3-49
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Table 3-48 Error/ Recovery/Runtime Log Data Entry Format
20-21
22-23
24-25
26-27
28-29
30-31
32-35
Byte
4
5
6-7
8-9
2
3
0
1
10-11
12-16
17
18
19
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Reserved (0)
Hardware Error Code (Table B-7 on page B-19)
Command Attempted
Source Element Number
Destination Element Number
Second Destination Element Number
Micro-Move ID History (Table Table D-1 on page D-2)
Failed Micro-Move ID (Table D-1 on page D-2)
Failed Micro-Move Error Code (Table B-10 on page B-32)
Active
Picker
Active
Thumb
Reserved (0)
Vertical Motor Commanded Position
Vertical Motor Actual Position
Plunge Motor Commanded Position
Plunge Motor Actual Position
Translate Motor Commanded Position
Translate Motor Actual Position
Odometer
0
3-50 Chapter 3
Table 3-49
Table 3-50
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Error Logs Table Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models ONLY)
Byte Description
0
1
2-3
4-5
Page Code 30H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow
Current entry number (range 1 - 50)
6-7 Number of entries in the log
8-9 Log entry currently being displayed
10-509 Array of 50 log entries (10 bytes each) See Table 3-50 below.
Error Log Entry Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models only)
7 0 Byte
6
7
4
5
8
9
2
3
0
1
6 5 4 3 2 1
Diagnostic User Number
Hardware Error Code (Table B-7 on page B-19)
Test Number
Time Stamp (MSByte)
Time Stamp
Time Stamp
Time Stamp (LSByte)
Chapter 3 3-51
NOTE
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Diagnostic User
Number 0 - Poweron
1 - Front Panel
2 - SCSI Bus
3 - FRU Isolation
4 - Error Recovery
5 - SCSI Reset
6 - SCSI Abort
FRU 1
FRU 2
The FRU most likely to be at fault. (See Appendix C).
The second most likely FRU to be at fault. (See
FRU 3 The third mostly likely FRU to be at fault. (See
Test Number The diagnostic test number. See Table B-12 on page B-40 for a list of diagnostic tests.
Time Stamp Indicates when the error occurred (measured in hours since the odometer was initialized).
The FRU numbers returned indicate the most likely cause of the error, but these FRUs might not be the actual cause of the problem.
3-52 Chapter 3
NOTE
Table 3-51
NOTE
Table 3-52
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Move Success Log Table Format
This log is ONLY supported on the 40fx and 80ex models.
This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH),
Table 3-45 on page 3-47 with page code 31H. The Move Success Log is
intended for use during normal jukebox operation, not diagnostic operation.
Move totals and the ten most recent hard errors are recorded.
Move Success Log Table Format (For 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models ONLY)
Byte Description
0
1
2-3
4
5
6-9
Page Code 31H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow
Current entry number (range 1 - 10)
Number of entries in the log
Total number of good moves since last hard error
10-11 Total number of soft errors since last hard error
12-71
Array of 10 entries, one entry per hard error (Table 3-52 on page 3-53
Hard errors are unrecoverable and generate a hardware error code. Soft errors are recoverable with normal operation continuing after recovery.
Move Success Logs Entry Format
Byte
0-3
4-5
Description
Current Good Move Count at time of hard error
Current Recovery Count at time of hard error
Chapter 3 3-53
NOTE
Table 3-53
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Force Log Data Format
This log is ONLY supported on 40fx and 80ex models.
This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 3-
45 on page 3-47) with page code 32H. Each cartridge move is actually a sequence of many small moves called Micro-Moves. Each Micro-Move has an associated ID number. For each Micro-Move ID, the log reflects the highest force seen for that Micro-Move ID.
Force Entry Data Format
Byte
0
1
2-3
4-5
6-7
Page Code 32H
Reserved = 0
Description
Number of bytes to follow
Y-axis maximum force for the Micro-Move ID (Table D-1 on
page D-2 or Table D-2 on page D-17)
Z-axis maximum force for the Micro-Move ID (Table D-1 on
page D-2 or Table D-2 on page D-17)
3-54 Chapter 3
Table 3-54
Table 3-55
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Recovery Log Data Format
This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 3-
45 on page 3-47, with page code 33H. It records soft errors and related information on error recovery method and success.
It is reset to 0 before any jukebox move. Any error that occurs during a move or during the subsequent error recovery is logged. The information is only valid for the most recent move.
Recovery Log Data Format (For all models EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx)
Byte Description
2
3
4
0
1
Page Code 33H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow (MSByte)
Number of bytes to follow (LSByte)
Current Entry
5 Number of Entries
6-366
Array of 10 log entries (36 Bytes each) (See Table 3-48 on page 3-50)
Recovery Log Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models ONLY)
Byte Description
0
1
2-3
4-5
Page Code 33H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow
Current entry number (range 1 - 20)
5 Number of Entries
6-405
20 recovery log entries, 20 bytes each (See Table 3-56 on page 3-56)
Chapter 3 3-55
Table 3-56
Table 3-57
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Recovery Log Entry Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models ONLY)
Byte Description
0
1
2
3
Macro-Move ID (Table D-1 on page D-2)
Error Recovery State (Table 3-57 on page 3-56)
Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)
Micro-Move Error Code (Table B-10 on page B-32)
4-7 Y-input position from the encoder
8-11 Expected Y-input position from the encoder
12-15 Z-input position from the encoder
16-19 Expected Z-input from the encoder
Error Recovery State (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models ONLY)
Byte
21
22
97
98
2
20
0
1
99
127
Description
First retry attempt failed
Second retry attempt failed
Third retry attempt failed
First restore attempt failed
Second restore attempt failed
Third restore attempt failed
Maximum number of retries exceeded
Maximum number of restores exceeded
Find Home failed
Initial entry for this failure
3-56 Chapter 3
Table 3-58
Table 3-59
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Drive Log Data Format
This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 3-
45 on page 3-47 with page code 35H. It records the number of times a drive is used by the jukebox.
Drive Log Data Format
Byte Description
0
1
2-3
4-13
Page Code 35H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow
Log entry for Drive #1
14-23
Log entry for Drive #2 (Model dependent, seeTable 3-24 on page 3-24)
24-33
Log entry for Drive # (Model dependent, see Table 3-24 on page 3-24)
34-43
Log entry for Drive #4 (Model dependent, see Table 3-24 on page 3-24)
Drive Log Entry Format
Byte
0-3
4-5
6
7
8
9
Description
Count of optical disk insertions for this drive
Media source for last move to this drive
Media flipped bit for last move to this drive
ID/LUN Valid bits for this drive
SCSI ID for this drive
SCSI LUN for this drive
Chapter 3 3-57
Table 3-60
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Odometer Log Data Format
This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH),
Table 3-45 on page 3-47 with page code 37H. It counts the number of
times various types of moves are completed. An exchange is counted as two moves.
Odometer Log Data Format
Byte Description
0
1
2-3
4-7
Page Code 37H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow
Move Odometer
8-11 Flip Odometer
12-15 Translate Odometer
16-19 Mailslot Rotate Odometer
20-23 Poweron Hours
3-58 Chapter 3
Table 3-61
Table 3-62
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Run-Time Log Data Format
This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 3-
45 on page 3-47 with page code 38H. It keeps a record of error recovery activity. An entry is added to the Run-Time Log when a move fails or when any type of error recovery is required. Only the last ten entries are saved.
Run-Time Logs Data Format (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex,
125ex and 220mx)
Byte Description
2
3
4
0
1
Page Code 38H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow (MSByte)
Number of bytes to follow (LSByte)
Current Entry
5 Number of Entries
6-366 Array of 10 log entries (36 Bytes each)
Run-Time Logs Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models ONLY)
Byte Description
0
1
2-3
4-7
Page Code 38H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow
Number of Macro-Move IDs since this log was reset
8-9 Number of retries done since this log was reset
10-11 Number of inline recoveries since this log was reset
12-13 Number of fatal errors since this log was reset
14 Number of entries in this log
Chapter 3 3-59
Table 3-62
Table 3-63
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Run-Time Logs Data Format (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models ONLY)
Byte Description
15 Number of the most current entry
16-115 10 Run-time log entries, 10 bytes each (See Table 3-63)
Run-Time Log Entry Format
Byte
0-3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Description
Number of Macro-Move IDs since this log was reset
Macro-Move ID
Number of entries in Recovery Log when the entry was made
First Micro-Move ID in the Recovery Log (Table D-1 on
page D-2 or Table D-2 on page D-17)
First Micro-Move Error Code in the Recovery Log
Second Micro-Move ID in Recovery Log (Table D-1 on
page D-2 or Table D-2 on page D-17)
Second Micro-Move Error Code in Recovery Log (Table B-10 on page B-32)
3-60 Chapter 3
NOTE
Table 3-64
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Retry Log Data Format
This log is ONLY supported on the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models.
This table can be accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH),
Table 3-45 on page 3-47, with page code 39H.
Each retry algorithm code byte triggers a specific retry algorithm on the preceding move command. The byte order is the same order in which the retry algorithms were run.
Retry Log Data Format
Byte Description
0
1
2-3
4-103
Page Code 39H
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow
Retry Algorithm Code (Table 3-65 on page 3-62)
104-105 Number of Inline Retries
106-107 Number of Major Retries
The last four bytes may be organized as two 16 bit words. The first word is the cumulative number of Inline Retries (since the jukebox was built), and the second word is the cumulative number of Major Retries (since the jukebox was built). Inline Retries are attempts to move again from the error position. Major Retries are attempts to move again after a Find
Home command has re-zeroed the unit.
Chapter 3 3-61
Table 3-65
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Retry Algorithm Codes
Number
91H
92H
93H
94H
01H
03H
04H
81H
A1H
A2H
A3H
A4H
Algorithm Name
Find Home and Calibrate
Z-axis Home
FRU Isolation
Mailslot
Drive 1 Eject
Drive 2 Eject
Drive 3 Eject
Drive 4 Eject
Drive 1 Insert
Drive 2 Insert
Drive 3 Insert
Drive 4 Insert
Type
Major
Major
Major
Inline
Inline
Inline
Inline
Inline
Inline
Inline
Inline
Inline
The number of drives within a unit is model dependent. Refer to
Table 3-24 on page 3-24 for the actual number of drives within a specific
jukebox.
3-62 Chapter 3
NOTE
Table 3-66
Table 3-67
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Log Sense Command (4DH)
Move History Log Data Format
This log is ONLY supported on the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models.
This table can bee accessed via the Log Sense Command (4DH), Table 3-
45 on page 3-47 with page code 3AH.
Move History Log Data Format
Byte
0
1
2-3
4-83
Description
Page Code 3AH
Reserved = 0
Number of bytes to follow
6 History Log entries, 8 bytes each (see
Move History Log Entry Format
Byte
16
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Description
Least recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)
Next recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)
Next recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)
Next recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)
Next recent Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)
Failed Micro-Move ID (Table D-2 on page D-17)
Micro-Move Error Code (Table B-10 on page B-32)
Reserved (0)
Micro-Move IDs are the last moves prior to failure, associated with Bytes
5 and 6.
Chapter 3 3-63
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Move Medium Command (A5H)
NOTE
Table 3-68
Move Medium Command (A5H)
This command moves optical disks between library elements.
Move Medium Command CDB
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
8-9
10
11
7 6 5 4 3 2
Operation Code (A5H)
Logical Unit Number (0) Reserved (0)
Transport Element Address (MSByte)
Transport Element Address (LSByte)
Source Element Address (MSByte)
Source Element Address (LSByte)
Destination Element Address (MSByte)
Destination Element Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
1 0
Invert
Transport Element
Address The default address of zero is the best address for use.
(Changing from the default could result in a decrease in jukebox performance.) However, this field can also be set to a specific transport element address (see
Source/Destination
Element
Address
See Table 3-22 on page 3-23 in the description of the
Mode Sense Command for more information about addressing.
3-64 Chapter 3
Invert
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Move Medium Command (A5H)
An Invert bit value of 1 requests the transport element be inverted (flipped) before putting the optical disk into the destination element.
Chapter 3 3-65
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Exchange Medium Command (A6H)
Table 3-69
Exchange Medium Command (A6H)
The optical disk in the source element is moved to the first destination element and the optical disk that previously occupied the first destination element is moved to the second destination element.
Exchange Medium Command CDB
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
10
11
8
9
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (A6H)
Logical Unit Number (0) Reserved (0)
Transport Element Address (MSByte)
Transport Element Address (LSByte)
Source Element Address (MSByte)
Source Element Address (LSByte)
First Destination Element Address (MSByte)
First Destination Element Address (LSByte)
Second Destination Element Address (MSByte)
Second Destination Element Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
Inv2 Inv1
Transport Element
Address The default address of zero is the best address for use.
(Changing from the default could result in a decrease in jukebox performance.) However, this field can also be set to a specific transport element address (see
3-66 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Exchange Medium Command (A6H)
Source/Destination
Element
Address See Table 3-22 on page 3-23 in description of Mode
Sense Command for more information about addressing.
Inv2
Inv1
An Inv2 bit value of 1 specifies that the optical disk will be inverted (flipped) prior to being deposited into the second destination element.
An Inv1 bit value of 1 specifies that the optical disk will be inverted (flipped) prior to being deposited into the first destination element.
Chapter 3 3-67
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Table 3-70
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
This command provides the exact status of the various elements
(individual storage slots, mailslot, optical drives, and picker mechanism) within the library.
Read Element Status Command CDB
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
10
11
8
9
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Operation Code (B8H)
Logical Unit Number (0) Reserved (0) Element Type Code
Starting Element Address (MSByte)
Starting Element Address (LSByte)
Number Of Elements (MSByte)
Number Of Elements (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Allocation Length (MSByte)
Allocation Length (Middle Byte)
Allocation Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Control Byte (0)
Element Type
Code Specifies the element type(s) to report.
0H - All element types reported
1H - Medium Transport Element (picker)
2H - Storage Element
3H - Import/Export Element (mailslot)
4H - Data Transfer Element (drive)
3-68 Chapter 3
Table 3-71
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Starting Element
Address Specifies the minimum element address to report.
Number Of
Elements Maximum number of elements to report.
Allocation
Length The number of bytes of element status to return. The data consists of an 8-byte Element Status Page Header, followed by one or more Element Status pages.
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
Read Element Status Data
Read Element Status Data consists of a data header, followed by one or more Element Status pages.
Read Element Status Data Header
7 0 6 5 4 3 2 1
First Element Address Reported (MSByte)
First Element Address Reported (LSByte)
Number of Elements Reported (MSByte)
Number of Elements Reported (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Byte Count of Report Available (MSByte)
Byte Count of Report Available (Middle Byte)
Byte Count of Report Available (LSByte)
Byte Count Report
Available The number of bytes of element status page data available.
Chapter 3 3-69
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Table 3-72
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
8
9
10
11
Element Type Code 1H - Picker
Medium Transport Element Descriptor Block
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Element Type Code (1H)
Reserved (0)
Element Descriptor Length (MSByte)
Element Descriptor Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (MSByte)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (Middle Byte)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (LSByte)
Element Address (MSByte)
Element Address (LSByte)
Reserved (0) Except Reserved
(0)
Reserved (0)
0
Full
Element Descriptor
Length The number of bytes in each Element Descriptor Block
Byte Count of
Descriptor Data
Available Element Descriptor Length for X Number of Elements of the type shown in byte 0.
Element
Address The address of the element being reported by this descriptor block.
Except
Full
When set to 1, the element is in an abnormal state.
When set to 1, the element contains a cartridge.
3-70 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Table 3-73
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
8
9
10
11
Element Type Code 2H - Storage Slot
Read Element Status Storage Element Descriptor Block
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Element Type Code (2H)
Reserved (0)
Element Descriptor Length (MSByte)
Element Descriptor Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (MSByte)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (Middle Byte)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Element Address (MSByte)
Element Address (LSByte)
Access Except Reserved
(0)
Reserved (0)
0
Full
Element Descriptor
Length The number of bytes in each Element Descriptor Block
Byte Count of
Descriptor
Data Element Descriptor Length for X Number of Elements of the type shown in byte 0.
Element
Address
Access
Except
Full
The address of the element being reported by this descriptor block.
When set to 1, access to the element by the Medium
Transport Element is allowed.
When set to 1, the element is in an abnormal state.
When set to 1, the element contains a cartridge.
Chapter 3 3-71
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Table 3-74
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
10
11
8
9
Element Type Code 3H - Mailslot
Read Element Status Import/Export Element Descriptor Block
0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Element Type Code (1H)
Reserved (0)
Element Descriptor Length (MSByte)
Element Descriptor Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (MSByte)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (Middle Byte)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Element Address (MSByte)
Element Address (LSByte)
In- Enab Ex-Enab Access Except Imp/Exp
Reserved (0)
Full
Element Descriptor
Length The number of bytes in each Element Descriptor Block.
Byte Count of
Descriptor Data
Available Element Descriptor Length for X Number of Elements of the type shown in byte 0.
Element
Address The address of the element being reported by this descriptor block.
InEnab
ExEnab
When set to 1, Import to the jukebox is enabled.
When set to 1, Export from the jukebox is enabled.
3-72 Chapter 3
Access
Except
Imp/Exp
Full
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
When set to 1, access to the element by the Medium
Transport Element is allowed.
When set to 1, the element is in an abnormal state.
When set to 1, the operator inserted the cartridge into the mailslot.
When set to 0, the jukebox mechanism puts the cartridge in the mailslot.
When set to 1, the element contains a cartridge.
Chapter 3 3-73
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Element Type Code 4H - Drive
Table 3-75
Byte
6
7
4
5
2
3
0
1
8
9
10
7
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
Not
Bus
SValid
Read Element Status Data Transfer Element Descriptor Block
6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Element Type Code (4H)
Reserved (0)
Element Descriptor Length (MSByte)
Element Descriptor Length (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Byte Count Of Descriptor Data Available (MSByte)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (Middle Byte)
Byte Count of Descriptor Data Available (LSByte)
Reserved (0)
Element Address (MSByte)
Element Address (LSByte)
Access Except Reserved
(0)
Full
Reserved (0)
Additional Sense Code (See Table B-2 on page B-4)
Additional Sense Code Qualifier (See Table B-2 on page B-4.)
Reserved
(0)
ID
Valid
LU
Valid
Reserved
(0)
Logical Unit Number
SCSI Bus Address
Reserved (0)
Invert Reserved (0)
Source Storage Element Address (MSByte)
Source Storage Element Address (LSByte)
3-74 Chapter 3
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
Table 3-75 Read Element Status Data Transfer Element Descriptor Block
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
20-23 a
24-33
Reserved (0)
Drive Serial Number (ASCII) a. These fields are applicable for the 300mx, 600mx, 700mx, 1200mx and 2200mx models only.
Element Descriptor
Length The number of bytes in each Element Descriptor Block.
Byte Count of
Descriptor Data
Available Element Descriptor Length for X Number of Elements of the type shown in byte 0.
Element
Address
Access
The address of the element being reported by this descriptor block.
When set to 1, access to the element by the Medium
Transport Element is allowed.
Except
Full
Not Bus
When set to 1, the element is in an abnormal state.
Information about the abnormal state is available in the
Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code
Qualifier bytes. (See Table B-2 on page B-4)
When set to 1, the element contains a cartridge.
When set to 1, the SCSI Bus Address and the Logical
Unit value fields are not on the SCSI Bus used to select the library.
Chapter 3 3-75
Jukebox SCSI-2 Command Set
Read Element Status Command (B8H)
IDValid
LUValid
When set to 1, the SCSI Bus Address field contains valid information.
When set to 1, the logical unit number field contains valid information.
Logical Unit
Number
SValid
Invert
If valid, provides the logical unit number within the
SCSI bus address of the device served by the jukebox at this element.
When set to 1, the source storage element address field and the invert bit information are valid.
When set to 1, the cartridge in the element was inverted by a move operation since it was last in the source storage element.
3-76 Chapter 3
A Drive Error Codes
Appendix A A-1
Drive Error Codes
Chapter Overview
Chapter Overview
This chapter contains the following information:
• Request Sense Command sense key values
• Request Sense Command additional sense code values
• Internal Error Codes
• DSP Error Codes
A-2 Appendix A
Table A-1
Drive Error Codes
Drive Request Sense Command Values
Drive Request Sense Command Values
The Request Sense Command (see Table 2-6 on page 2-10) returns values
for the Sense Key and Additional Sense Code.
Drive Request Sense - Sense Key Values
Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0
Abbrev.
Description Sense
Key
Name
0H No Sense NS
1H
2H
3H
4H
5H
Recovered Error RE
Not Ready
Medium Error
Hardware Error HE
Illegal Request
NR
ME
IR
The command completed successfully.
The last command was completed successfully with some recovery action performed by the drive/ controller.
The drive cannot be accessed.
The command terminated with an unrecovered error condition that was caused by a optical disk defect.
The drive/controller detected a hardware error.
There was an illegal parameter in the command descriptor block or in the additional parameters supplied for some commands.
Appendix A A-3
Table A-1
Drive Error Codes
Drive Request Sense Command Values
Request Sense - Sense Key Values Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0
Abbrev.
Description Sense
Key
Name
6H Unit Attention UA
7H
8H
0BH
Data Protect
Blank Check
Aborted
Command
DP
BC
AC
The optical disk has been loaded, the unit has been reset, or the Mode Select parameters have been changed.
A command that writes to the optical disk cannot be performed due to the write-protect condition of the optical disk writeprotect switch.
A blank sector was detected during a Read
(Group 0 or 1) or Verify, or a written sector was detected during a Write
(Group 0 or 1) or a Write and Verify command.
Indicates that the drive aborted the last command.
The initiator may be able to recover by attempting the command again.
A-4 Appendix A
Table A-2
Drive Error Codes
Drive Request Sense Command Values
Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values
Bytes 12 and 13
Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values
Description
0C 02
10 00
11 00
15 00
16 00
18 00
18 01
04 04
09 01
09 02
09 03
0C 01
Sense
Code and
Qualifier
Sense
Key
00 00
03 00
04 00
04 01
04 02
0H - NS
4H - HE
2H - NR
2H - NR
2H - NR
19 01
2H - NR
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
1H - RE
3H - ME
3H - ME
3H - ME
4H - HE
3H - ME
1H - RE
1H - RE
1H - RE
No Additional Sense Information
Write Fault, Write Command Failed
Drive Not Ready
LUN in Process of Becoming Ready
LUN Not Ready, Initializing Command
Required
LUN Not Ready, Format in Progress
Tracking Servo Failure
Focus Servo Failure
Spindle Servo Failure
Write Error Recovered with Auto
Reallocation
Write Error - Auto Reallocation Failed
ID CRC or ECC Error
Unrecovered Read Error
Random Positioning Error
Data Synchronization Mark Error
Recovered Read Data With ECC Procedure
Recovered Data with Error Correction and
Retries
Defect List Not Available
Appendix A A-5
Table A-2
Drive Error Codes
Drive Request Sense Command Values
2A 00
2F 00
30 00
31 00
32 00
32 01
Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values
Description Sense
Code and
Qualifier
Sense
Key
25 00
26 00
26 01
26 02
27 00
28 00
29 00
1A 00
1B 00
1C 00
1C 01
1C 02
20 00
21 00
24 00
5H - IR
5H - IR
5H - IR
5H - IR
7H - DP
6H - UA
6H - UA
5H - IR
4H - HE
3H - ME
3H - ME
3H - ME
5H - IR
5H - IR
5H - IR
6H - UA
6H - UA
3H - ME
3H - ME
3H - ME
3H - ME
Parameter List Length Error
Synchronous Data Transfer Error
Defect List Not Found
Primary Defect List Not Found
Grown Defect List Not Found
Invalid Command Operation Code
Logical Block Address out of Range
Invalid Field In CDB
LUN Not Supported
Invalid Parameter List
Parameter Not Supported
Parameter Value Invalid
Write Protected
Medium Changed
Power-On, Reset or Bus Device Reset
Occurred
Mode Select Parameters Changed
Command Cleared by Another Initiator
Incompatible Cartridge
Medium Format Corrupted
No Defect Spare Location Available
Defect List Update Error
A-6 Appendix A
Table A-2
Drive Error Codes
Drive Request Sense Command Values
Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values
Description Sense
Code and
Qualifier
Sense
Key
40 86
40 87
40 88
40 90
40 91
40 92
40 95
40 97
39 00
3A 00
3D 00
3F 01
40 80
40 81
40 84
40 85
40 98
40 99
40 9A
40 9B
40 9D
43 00
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
5H - IR
2H - NR
5H - IR
6H - UA
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
4H - HE
BH - AC
Saving Parameters Not Supported
Medium Not Present
Invalid Bits in Identify Message
Microcode Has Been Changed
Bias Magnet Failure
Limited Laser Life
Temperature Alarm
Laser Failure, No LD Power
Read Channel Calibration Error
Illegal Servo Signal
Sensor Failure
DSP Diag Error
12V Line Failure
Medium Recognition Error
Buffer Memory Test Error
DSP Communication Diag Error
DSP Download Error
RAM Diag Error
ODC Diag Error
Buffer Memory Diag Error
Write CAL Error
Message Error
Appendix A A-7
Table A-2
Drive Error Codes
Drive Request Sense Command Values
Request Sense - Additional Sense Code Values
Description Sense
Code and
Qualifier
Sense
Key
44 00
45 00
47 00
48 00
49 00
4E 00
53 00
53 02
92 00
93 00
94 00
4H - HE
BH - AC
BH - AC
BH - AC
BH - AC
BH - AC
4H - HE
5H - IR
8H - BC
8H - BC
8H - BC
Internal Target Failure
Select or Reselect Failure
SCSI Parity Error
Initiator Detected Error Message Received
Invalid Message Error
Overlapped Commands Attempted
Media Load/Eject Failure
Medium Removal Prevented
Overwrite Attempted
Blank Sector Detected
Written Sector Detected
A-8 Appendix A
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
NOTE
Table A-3
Internal Error Codes
The XXXX that follows the internal error code refers to the 1 byte dsp/odc error code where available.
Internal Error Codes
Error
Code
(hex.)
Message
00070000
00080000
00080001
00080002
00080003
00080004
00090000
006B0000
Medium was changed
Power on, reset, or bus device reset occurred (5.2 Gb drives)
Unit Attention: power on reset (9.1 Gb drives)
SCSI bus reset (9.1 Gb drives)
SCSI bus device reset message (9.1 Gb drives)
Autochanger reset (9.1 Gb drives)
Mode parameter changed
Microcode changed
02540000 Queued command cleared by another initiator
012BXXXX An invalid SCSI message was received
012CXXXX An invalid bit of Identify message is set to 1
012DXXXX Parity error was detected while receiving a SCSI message
012EXXXX A SCSI message was rejected
012FXXXX The Attention signal was asserted after the Message Out Phase
0130XXXX A SCSI interface parity error was detected
0131XXXX The Initiator Detected Error Message was received
0133XXXX The offset of the synchronous data transfer is too large
Appendix A A-9
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
Table A-3 Internal Error Codes
Error
Code
(hex.)
Message
0134XXXX The period of the synchronous data transfer is too short
0139XXXX The Clear Queue message was received
013AXXXX Initiator does not respond to reselection
013BXXXX Unusual SCSI controller condition
013CXXXX Unusual SCSI controller condition
0204XXXX An invalid microcode data was received
020AXXXX An invalid operation code was specified
020BXXXX An invalid LBA range was specified
020CXXXX An invalid field in CDB was specified
020DXXXX An invalid parameter list was specified
0210XXXX Parameter list length is wrong
0211XXXX The parameter saving function is not supported
0212XXXX The parameter is not currently saved
0213XXXX Cartridge eject was prevented
0250XXXX Attempt to write data to a written sector of a write-once disk
0254XXXX A queued command is cleared by another initiator
0255XXXX A command was received for the same ITL (or ITLQ) nexus
026CXXXX An invalid command for the write-once disk was specified
02B3XXXX Invalid command when using 14x 512 b/s or 1024 b/s disk
0321XXXX Loader task ended with an unusual condition
0322XXXX Sensor failure during loader initialization
0323XXXX Failed recovery procedure during loader initialization
A-10 Appendix A
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
Table A-3 Internal Error Codes
Error
Code
(hex.)
Message
0324XXXX Cartridge loading failed
0327XXXX Cartridge unloading failed
0417XXXX The loader is being initialized
0418XXXX No cartridge is in the drive
041AXXXX The disk is being spun-up
041BXXXX The disk is being loaded
041CXXXX The disk load is complete (not an error)
041DXXXX The drive is not ready
041EXXXX A disk is being spun-down
041FXXXX A disk is being unloaded
0420XXXX Drive unable to go Ready because of an unknown reason
0425XXXX The drive is in process of becoming ready
046FXXXX The drive is in process of formatting a disk
0514XXXX The Defect List Format is not supported
0515XXXX The cartridge is write-protected
0528XXXX Invalid cartridge ID hole
0529XXXX The medium is not supported
053EXXXX PDL data is invalid
053FXXXX SDL data is invalid
0540XXXX DDS sectors were not found
0541XXXX PDL sector was not found
0542XXXX SDL sector was not found
Appendix A A-11
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
Table A-3 Internal Error Codes
Error
Code
(hex.)
Message
0543XXXX DMA sector cannot be read
0544XXXX DDS data are invalid
0545XXXX SFP sector cannot be read
0546XXXX SFP data is invalid
0547XXXX Failed in Erase/Blank Check/Write/Read/Compare test after disk load and spin-up
0548XXXX Spare area for defective sector is full
0549XXXX Failed updating DMA sectors
054AXXXX PEP data is invalid
054BXXXX Defective sector was recovered with automatic write reallocation procedure
054CXXXX Failed in automatic write reallocation procedure
0551XXXX A blank sector was detected
0577XXXX Automatic Write Reallocation performed due to ID Error
0578XXXX Automatic Write Reallocation performed due to uncorrectable
ECC Error
0579XXXX Automatic Write Reallocation performed due to SYNCH Error
057AXXXX Automatic Write Reallocation performed due to Servo Fault
Error
057EXXXX ID Error recovered by retry
057FXXXX Uncorrectable ECC Error recovered by retry
0580XXXX SYNCH Error recovered by retry
0581XXXX Servo Fault Error recovered by retry
A-12 Appendix A
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
Table A-3 Internal Error Codes
Error
Code
(hex.)
Message
0582XXXX ID Error reoccurs after retry even after changing ID Error criteria
0583XXXX DMA Update failed after Automatic Reallocation
058AXXXX DMA Update Error condition
0601XXXX
Received error code NN (see Table A-5 on page A-17) from ODC
chip
0664XXXX An ODC interrupt time out
0669XXXX A disk type cannot be distinguished (ID Status is CRC=NG)
066AXXXX A disk type cannot be distinguished (no ODC interrupt)
066DXXXX SFP sector cannot be read (ID Status is CRC=NG)
0670XXXX Cannot abort ODC command
0692XXXX Error Code NN received from the ODC chip
0702XXXX
Received error code NN (see Table A-6 on page A-19) from the
DSP
075CXXXX Failed downloading DSP code
075EXXXX DSP request command communication error occurred
0760XXXX DSP command communication error occurred
0762XXXX Failed in the ECHO command of DSP
0767XXXX Target sector cannot be found (time out after SEEK complete)
0774XXXX Servo failure during write operation
0789XXXX LPC calibration failed
078BXXXX ID Offset Calibration failed
078CXXXX MO Offset Calibration failed
Appendix A A-13
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
Table A-3 Internal Error Codes
Error
Code
(hex.)
Message
078DXXXX VFO Offset Calibration failed
078EXXXX ID VGA Calibration failed
078FXXXX MO VGA Calibration failed
0791XXXX Focus bias calibration failed
07B4XXXX Read power calibration failed
0957XXXX Power-on diagnostic time out
0959XXXX ROM Checksum Error
095AXXXX Illegal request for DSP Interface task
095FXXXX Command Parameter Length contradiction to DSP
0961XXXX Release wait of DSP I/F task
0965XXXX ODC command was aborted
0968XXXX Illegal request to Read/Write task
096EXXXX Parameter Block data is invalid
0A4FXXXX 12V line is not supplied
0A71XXXX RAM Test Error
0A72XXXX ODC Test Error
0E03XXXX Failed updating the flash ROM
0E05XXXX Failure when updating the Parameter Block
0E56XXXX Parameter Block Error
A-14 Appendix A
Table A-4
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
21
22
23
15
16
17
20
32
34
42
24
25
29
31
ODC Error Codes
Description Code
(hex.)
01
08
11
12
13
14
ODC command was aborted
Search condition does not occur
A number of error bytes exceeds the setting value
Cannot detect the SYNC
Both 11 and 12 error occur
A number of the RESYNC mis-detecting exceeds the setting value
Both 11 and 14 occur
Both 12 and 14 occur
Both 13 and 14 occur
Sector Mark (SM) error
ID CRC error
Cannot detect the SYNC and the first RESYNC
DTRG (Data Transfer Read Gate) becomes non-active before all data of a sector was transferred
Uncorrectable error
CRC error (uncorrectable)
Cannot follow the read data transfer from the drive
Cannot follow the write data transfer from the drive
Digital Sum Value (DSV) error
Written sector is detected
Buffer Memory Write/Read/Compare error
Appendix A A-15
Table A-4
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
72
73
7D
4E
4F
50
51
52
45
46
47
48
ODC Error Codes
Description Code
(hex.)
44
54
57
70
71
7E
7F
Cannot proceed with error correction because the syndrome buffer was filled
Cannot correct the error bytes within the time of one sector
A write data transfer to the encoder was too short
A write data transfer to the encoder was too long
Unexpected sequence of the error correction occurred
Unexpected interrupt was detected in the ODC chip
Unexpected firmware sequence occurred in the ODC chip
Asynchronous interrupt of the DSP was detected
Unexpected ID value was detected
Both unexpected and expected ID value detected on one track
Target sector was passed before the current position was detected
A detected ID sector number was greater than the maximum sector number
A Parameter List was not prepared
A sector number of the Parameter List was greater than the maximum sector number
A sector count of the Parameter List is set to 0 in the W/R/S
Undefined condition is set in the DTS, DLS command
Setup command was issued while executing the Identify operation
A command was issued while executing another command
Undefined command was issued
A-16 Appendix A
Table A-5
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
32
34
42
24
25
29
31
15
16
17
20
21
22
23
ODC Error Codes
Description Code
(hex.)
01
08
11
12
13
14
ODC command was aborted
Search condition does not occur
A number of error bytes exceeds the setting value
Cannot detect the SYNC
Both 11 and 12 error occur
A number of the RESYNC mis-detecting exceeds the setting value
Both 11 and 14 occur
Both 12 and 14 occur
Both 13 and 14 occur
Sector Mark (SM) error
ID CRC error
Cannot detect the SYNC and the first RESYNC
DTRG becomes non-active before all data of a sector was transferred
Uncorrectable error
CRC error (uncorrectable)
Cannot follow the read data transfer from the drive
Cannot follow the write data transfer from the drive
Digital Sum Value (DSV) error
Written sector is detected
Written sector is detected
Appendix A A-17
Table A-5
Drive Error Codes
Internal Error Codes
72
73
7D
4E
4F
50
51
52
45
46
47
48
ODC Error Codes
Description Code
(hex.)
44
54
57
70
71
7E
7F
Cannot proceed with error correction because the syndrome buffer was filled
Cannot correct the error bytes within the time of one sector
A write data transfer to the encoder was too short
A write data transfer to the encoder was too long
Unexpected sequence of the error correction occurred
Unexpected interrupt was detected in the ODC chip
Unexpected firmware sequence occurred in the ODC chip
Asynchronous interrupt of the DSP was detected
Unexpected ID value was detected
Both unexpected and expected ID value detected on one track
Target sector was passed before the current position was detected
A detected ID sector number was greater than the maximum sector number
A Parameter List was not prepared
A sector number of the Parameter List was greater than the maximum sector number
A sector count of the Parameter List is set to 0 in the W/R/S
Undefined condition is set in the DTS, DLS command
Setup command was issued while executing the Identify operation
A command was issued while executing another command
Undefined command was issued
A-18 Appendix A
Table A-6
Drive Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
11
21
45
52
53
54
55
34
41
43
44
DSP Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
Description Code
(hex.)
0D
0E
0F
01
09
0B
0C
10
Offset measurement failed
AC portion of ID signal calibration failure
Read channel vga calibration failure (1X/2X/4X/8X)
Read channel vga calibration failure (1X/2X/4X/8X)
Read channel OST calibration failure (4X/8X)
Read channel MOVGAcalibration failure (1X/2X)
Focus failure (read channel VGA calibration) (1X/2X/4X/
8X)
Cannot be arranged (Read channel IDVGA calibration)
(4X/8X)
Medium mischuking (FCSFLR)
Spindle off aborted
Calibration request
Drive is not ready
Imitation ATT signal caused by ESD
Focus failed (ID search)
LPC Attention occurred
Illegal zone selected (ALTERNATE ZONE)
Illegal zone selected (LD READ/PEP)
Illegal target zone (SEEK start)
Illegal target zone (SEEK One-Track Jump loop)
Appendix A A-19
Table A-6
Drive Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
Description Code
(hex.)
6E
6F
71
6A
6B
6C
6D
66
67
68
69
62
63
64
65
5A
5B
5C
61
56
57
58
59
Illegal target zone (SEEK landing)
Illegal next zone (SEEK landing)
Illegal zone (ID search)
Illegal zone (ID search)
Illegal zone (focus search)
Kick inner area failed
Servo agc time out
Focus on failed
Focus on aborted
Tracking on failed
Tracking drive saturation
No ID (No SM or CRC=NG) (DON start)
No ID (No SM or CRC=NG) (SEEK start)
No ID (No SM or CRC=NG) (SEEK landing)
Seek slip too much
Voice Coil Motor and Multi-Track Jump Seek time out
Seek target is too far for a One Track Jump
Multi-Track Jump is too long
Focus failure
Tracking failure
Low Pull-in
Focus drive saturation
Cannot detect PEP signal
A-20 Appendix A
Table A-6 DSP Error Codes
Description Code
(hex.)
7F
C1
C2
C4
7B
7C
7D
7E
77
78
79
7A
72
74
75
76
D3
D4
E1
C9
CA
CF
D1
Focus failed (PEP positioning)
Focus failed (searching PEP GAP)
Focus failed (searching PEP PA)
Focus failed (searching PEP data)
Focus on failed (before searching PEP data)
No PEP gap found
Illegal PEP format found (PEP Postamble)
Illegal PEP format found (PEP data)
PEP decoding byte count error
Invalid PEP SYNC found
No PEP SYNC found
PEP CRC=NG
First and second PEP data compare error
An error occurred in the position sensor
Catastrophic error in the bias magnet
R/C revision error
No laser diode power
Assert write fault for controller debug
Temperature alarm
Illegal address selected
Invalid command
Communication failure
Spindle Lock time out (drive on)
Drive Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
Appendix A A-21
Table A-6
Table A-7
Drive Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
Description Code
(hex.)
E6
F3
F4
F5
E2
E3
E4
E5
Spindle off failed
Medium mischuking (Spindle On Failure)
Tracking failure for certifier
Spindle lock time out
Focus failure for certifier
E/AR/C Serial Write Block = NG
E/A LPC Serial Write Block = NG
E/A R/C Serial Read Block = NG
Terms Used In the Tables
Meaning Acronym or
Term
Used
ATT
CDB
CRC
DDS
DMA
DON
DSP
DSV
DTRG
ITL
Attention Signal
Command Descriptor Block
Cyclic Redundancy Check
Disk Definition Standard
Defect Management Area
Drive On
Digital Signal Processor
Digital Sum Value
“D” Trigger Signal
Initiator Target and Logical Unit
A-22 Appendix A
Table A-7
Drive Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
Terms Used In the Tables
Meaning Acronym or
Term
Used
SDL
SM
SFP
SYNC
VCM
VGA
VFO
ITLAQ
LBA
NG
ODC
PA
PEP
PDL
RESYNC
Initiator Target and Logical Unit and Queue Tag
Logical Block Address
No Good
Optical Drive Controller
Postamble
Phase-Encoded Part
Primary Defect List
Resynchronization pattern
Secondary Defect List
Sector Mark
Standard Format Part
Synchronization pattern
Voice Coil Motor
Variable Gain Adjust
Variable Frequency Oscillator
Appendix A A-23
Drive Error Codes
DSP Error Codes
A-24 Appendix A
B Autochanger Error Codes
Appendix B B-1
NOTE
Autochanger Error Codes
Chapter Overview
Chapter Overview
This chapter contains the following autochanger error code tables:
• Request Sense Codes
• Request Sense Maps
• Hardware Error Codes
• Move Error Codes
• Micro-Move Failure Type Codes
• Diagnostic Tests
An error code can be reported through the Log Sense Command (4DH),
Request Sense Command (03H), or through the control panel.
See Appendix C for a list of field replaceable units for the each of the
jukebox models.
B-2 Appendix B
Table B-1
Autochanger Error Codes
Request Sense Error Codes
Request Sense Error Codes
This section identifies each of the error responses for the autochanger
"Request Sense Command (03H)", Table 3-5 on page 3-8.
Request Sense - Sense Key Values — Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0
Abbrev.
Description Sense
Key
Name
0H No Sense NS
1H
2H
3H
4H
5H
6H
Recovered
Error
Not Ready
RE
NR
Medium Error ME
Hardware
Error
HE
Illegal Request IR
Unit Attention UA
The command completed successfully.
The last command was completed successfully with some recovery action performed by the autochanger/controller.
The autochanger cannot be accessed.
The command terminated with an unrecovered error condition that was caused by a optical disk defect.
The autochanger/controller detected a hardware error.
There was an illegal parameter in the command descriptor block or in the additional parameters supplied for some commands.
The optical disk has been loaded, the unit has been reset, or the Mode Select parameters have been changed.
Appendix B B-3
Table B-1
Table B-2
Autochanger Error Codes
Request Sense Error Codes
Request Sense - Sense Key Values — Byte 2, Bits 3 through 0
Abbrev.
Description Sense
Key
Name
0BH Aborted
Command
AC This sense key shall be reported if a target or LUN receives a second command from the same initiator before the previous command from that initiator has completed.
Request Sense Data (bytes 12 and 13)
Description Sense
Code and
Qualifier
Sense
Key
00 00H
00 00H
0H-NS
1H-RE
04 00H
04 01H
04 02H
04 03H
04 88H
04 89H
15 01H
1A 00H
20 00H
21 01H
0B-AC
2H-NR
2H-NR
2H-NR
02-NR
4H-HE
4H-HE
5H-IR
5H-IR
5H-IR
No additional sense information
Error recovered invoked and completed
Aborted command (boot code)
Autochanger becoming ready
Unit must first initiate element status
Fatal error - unit must be corrected manually
Firmware download needed (boot code)
Download checksum error
Move error (Check additional sense bytes)
Invalid parameter list length
Unsupported command
Invalid address - (Table B-3 on page B-7)
B-4 Appendix B
Table B-2
Autochanger Error Codes
Request Sense Error Codes
Request Sense Data (bytes 12 and 13)
Description Sense
Code and
Qualifier
Sense
Key
3F 01H
3B 0DH
3B 0EH
3D 00H
3F 03
40 80H
42 00H
43 00H
22 00H
22 80H
24 00H
25 00H
26 00H
29 00H
2A 80H
2F 00H
44 00H
45 00H
47 00H
48 00H
4B 00H
06H-UA
5H-IR
5H-IR
5H-IR
06-UA
4H-HE
4H-HE
OB-AC
5H-IR
5H-IR
5H-IR
5H-IR
5H-IR
6H-UA
6H-UA
0BH-AC
4H-HE
0B-AC
0B-AC
0B-AC
0B-AC
Unsupported command
Drive is not online
Illegal field in CDB
Invalid LUN
Invalid parameter list
Power on sense or bus reset
Online repair parameters
Command cleared by initiator
Microcode has been changed
Element full - (Table B-4 on page B-7)
Source empty - (Table B-4 on page B-7)
Invalid identify message in
Inquiry data has changed
Diagnostic failure (Table B-6 on page B-14)
Poweron selftest failure
Message parity error
Internal target error
Reselection timeout error
Parity error
Initiator detected error
Bus protocol error - data phase error
Appendix B B-5
Table B-2
Autochanger Error Codes
Request Sense Error Codes
Request Sense Data (bytes 12 and 13)
Description Sense
Code and
Qualifier
Sense
Key
4E 00H 0B-AC
53 00H
53 02H
53 82H
55 00H
5H-IR
5H-IR
5H-IR
2H-NR
Bus protocol error (second command sent early)
Media load or eject failed
Medium removal prevented
Medium removal prevented on drive
Transaction queue is full
B-6 Appendix B
Table B-3
Table B-4
Autochanger Error Codes
Request Sense Error Codes
Invalid Address: Sense Code 2IH
Field Pointer
00
02
04
06
08
Description
Invalid element address
Invalid transport element
Invalid source element
Invalid destination element
Invalid second destination element
Element Full/Empty: Sense Code 3BH
Field Pointer
02
04
06
08
Description
Transport full
Source empty
Destination full/empty
Second destination full
Appendix B B-7
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Additional Sense Data Format for Error
Recovery
Byte
18
19
20
21
22
23
24-25
26-27
28-29
30-34
35
36
37
Table B-5
38-39
For all models, EXCEPT 40fx and 80ex.
Below is a description of the 60 Additional Sense Bytes returned during the Data In Phase of the Request Sense Command (03H), (Table 3-6 on page 3-9) from the autochanger. The overall layout of the data is presented first, followed by a description of each byte.
Request Sense - Additional Sense Data
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3
Reserved (0)
Hardware Error Code (Table B-7 on page B-19)
First FRU (Table A-1 on page A-2)
Second FRU (Table A-1 on page A-2)
Third FRU (Table A-1 on page A-2)
Move Command Attempted
Source Element Number
Destination Element Number
Second Destination Element Number
Micro-Move ID History (Table C-1 on page C-2)
Failed Micro-Move ID (Table C-1 on page C-2)
Micro-Move Error Code
Active
Picker
Active
Thumb
Reserved (0)
Vertical Motor Commanded Position
B-8 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Byte
40-41
42-43
44-45
46-47
48-49
50-53
54
Table B-5
55
56
57
58-77
Request Sense - Additional Sense Data
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
3 2 1 7 6 5 4
Vertical Motor Actual Position
Plunge Motor Commanded Position
Plunge Motor Actual Position
Translate Motor Commanded Position
Translate Motor Actual Position
Odometer
Move
Cap
Last
SCSI
Reserved (0)
Valid
Valid
Valid
Reservd
(0)
Cart
Tran
Reservd
(0)
Reservd
(0)
Cart
Tran
Cart
Tran
Cart
Elem
Cart
Elem
Cart
Elem
Reserved (0)
Cart 16 Cart 17
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
0
Reserved (0)
Hardware Error
Code Determined by fault isolation, this error code indicates the cause of the failure. The values of the Hardware
Error Codes are in Table B-7 on page B-19.
First FRU The most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the cause of the failure. (See Table A-1 on page A-2)
Second FRU The second most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the cause of the failure. (See Table A-1 on page A-2.)
Third FRU The third most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the cause of the failure. (Table A-1 on page A-2.)
Appendix B B-9
NOTE
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
The FRU numbers returned are indicators for the most likely cause of an error, but may not be the actual cause of a problem. Simply changing the
FRU listed may or may not fix the associated problem.
Move Command
Attempted 0 - Exchange
1 - Move
2 - Seek
3 - Initialize Element
4 - Rezero
5 - Rotate Mailslot
6 - Restore
7 - Passthru
Source Element
Number The Element Number to which the source refers.
Destination
Element
Number
Second
Destination
Number
The Element Number to which the destination refers.
The Element Number to which the second destination refers.
Micro-Move
ID History The last five autochanger Micro-Move IDs for the original movement command prior to the failure. (See
Table C-1 on page C-2.)
Failed Micro-
Move ID Actual micro-move that failed. (See Table C-1 on page C-2)
Micro-Move
Error Code The error code associated with the failed Micro-Move
ID. (See Table B-10 on page B-321.)
Active Picker This bit signifies which side of the disk transport mechanism is active: 1= top, 0= bottom.
B-10 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Active Thumb This bit signifies which thumb is active: 0 = north, 1 = south.
Vertical Motor
Commanded
Position The position to which the vertical motor was commanded.
Vertical Motor
Actual
Position The actual position of the vertical motor.
Plunge Motor
Commanded
Position The position to which the plunge motor was commanded.
Plunge Motor
Actual
Position The actual position of the plunge motor.
Translate Motor
Commanded
Position The position to which the translate motor was commanded.
Translate Motor
Actual
Position The actual position of the translate motor.
Odometer The move odometer.
Mechanism State
Bit Map
(Byte 54) The state of the jukebox after the termination of the retry or recovery algorithms. This byte is bit mapped from least significant bit to most significant bit as follows:
7 - Move Capability 1=The jukebox is capable of performing movement commands.
6 - Last SCSI State 1=The jukebox returned cartridges to the state they were in prior to the failed command.
5-4 Reserved
Appendix B B-11
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
3 - Cartridge in Transport 16 1=a cartridge is in the transport 16 mechanism. If the cartridge wasn't replaced after a failure, the appropriate Element Bit
Map will indicate which cartridge is in the transport.
2 - Cartridge in Transport 17 1=a cartridge is in the transport 17 mechanism. If the cartridge wasn't replaced after a failure, the appropriate Element Bit
Map will indicate which cartridge is in the transport.
1-0 Reserved
Source Element
Bit Map
(Byte 55) Status of the cartridge in the specified Source Element of the Move or Exchange command after the failure or retry, as well as the status of the element itself, as shown below:
7 - Valid 1 = the values in this byte and the Element
Number byte are valid.
6 - Reserved
5 - Cartridge in Transport 1 = the cartridge originally in this element is still in the transport.
4 - Cartridge in Element 1 = after all recovery algorithms have been exhausted, the cartridge being moved from this element remained in this element.
3-0 Reserved
B-12 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Destination 1 Element
Bit Map
(Byte 56) Indicates the status of the element that was the First
Destination of the Exchange command after the failure or retry of the command.
7 - Valid 1= the values in this byte and the Element
Number are valid.
6 - Reserved
5 - Cartridge in Transport 1 = the cartridge originally in this element is still in the transport.
4 - Cartridge in Element 1 = after all recovery algorithms have been exhausted, the cartridge being moved from this element remained in this element.
3-0 Reserved
Destination 2 Element
Bit Map
(Byte 57) Indicates the status of the element that was the
Destination Element of a move or Second Destination of the Exchange command after the failure or retry of the command.
7 - Valid 1 = the values in this byte and the Element
Number are valid.
6 - Reserved
5 - Cartridge in Transport 1 = the cartridge being moved to this element is still in the transport.
4 - Cartridge in Element 1 = the cartridge being moved to this element is in this element after all recovery algorithms have been exhausted.
3-0 Reserved
Appendix B B-13
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Table B-6 Request Sense - Additional Sense Data
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Byte 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
18
19
20
21
Move Error (Table B-9 on page B-29)
Hardware Error Code (Table B-8 on page B-22)
First FRU (Table A-2 on page A-4)
Second FRU (Table A-2 on page A-4)
22
23
Third FRU (Table A-2 on page A-4)
MvCap Last Rsvd
(0)
PosLost CartIn
24-25 Reserved (0)
Reserved (0)
26 DInRty DEjRty PkrRec CarAssy Reserved (0)
27 Retry Count
28-29 Reserved (0)
30 DInRty DEjRty PkrRec CarAssy Reserved (0)
31 Recovery Count
32-34 Reserved (0)
BFHm
BFHm
FHR
FHR
UnexpMt UnexpFl CartInv ElRty 35 Valid ErrEn CartIn CartEl
36-37 Source Element Number
38 Valid ErrEn CartIn CartEl UnexpMt UnexpFl CartInv ElRty
39-40 Destination Element Number
41 Valid ErrEn CartIn CartEl
42-43 Secondary Source Element Number
44 Valid ErrEn CartIn CartEl
45-46 Second Destination Element Number
UnexpMt
UnexpMt
UnexpFl
UnexpFl
CartInv
CartInv
ElRty
ElRty
B-14 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Table B-6 Request Sense - Additional Sense Data
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
2 Byte 7 6 5 4 3
47-49 Reserved (0)
50-54 Micro-Move ID History (Table C-2 on page C-17)
55
56
Failed Micro-Move ID (Table C-2 on page C-17)
Micro-Move Error Code (Table B-11 on page B-36)
57-60 Vertical Motor Commanded Position
61-64 Vertical Motor Actual Position
65-68 Horizontal Motor Commanded Position
69-72 Horizontal Motor Actual Position
73-77 Reserved (0)
1 0
Move Error
Code The movement that was being performed when the error occurred. The values of the Move Error Codes are
Hardware Error
Code Determined by fault isolation, this error code indicates the cause of the failure. The values of the Hardware
Error Codes are in Table B-8 on page B-22.
First FRU The most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the cause of the failure. (See Table A-2 on page A-4)
Second FRU The second most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the cause of the failure. (See Table A-2 on page A-4.)
Third FRU The third most likely Field Replacable Unit to be the cause of the failure. (See Table A-2 on page A-4.)
NOTE The FRU numbers returned are indicators for the most likely cause of an error, but may not be the actual cause of a problem. Simply changing the
FRU listed may or may not fix the associated problem.
Appendix B B-15
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
MvCap
LastSCSI
PosLost
CartIn
DInRty
DEjRty
PkrRec
CarAssy
A Move Capable bit of 1 indicates the AC is capable of performing move commands.
A Last bit of 1 indicates the AC has successfully returned the cartridges to the state they were in before the failed command was executed.
A Position Lost bit of 1 indicates the AC cannot calibrate the mechanism and has lost position of the picker.
A Cartridge in Transport bit of 1 indicates a cartridge is in the picker mechanism.
A Drive Insert Retry bit of 1 indicates that more than one attempt was needed to insert the cartridge into the drive. (For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry algorithm and for Byte 30 it refers to Recovery algorithm.).
A Drive Eject Retry bit of 1 indicates that more than one attempt was needed to eject the cartridge from the drive. (For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry algorithm and for Byte 30 it refers to Recovery algorithm.)
A Picker Retracted bit of 1 indicates the picker fingers were fully retracted after a failure. (For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry algorithm and for Byte 30 it refers to Recovery algorithm.)
A Horizontal Carriage Locked bit of 1 indicates the picker fingers were fully retracted after a failure and the translate pin is engaged. (For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry algorithm and for Byte 30 it refers to
Recovery algorithm.)
B-16 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
BFHm
FHR
Retry Count The total number of retry attempts that were performed.
Recovery Count The total number of recovery attempts that were performed.
Valid A "0" indicates that this and the next two bytes contain invalid data. Valid in bytes 41 and 44 are only set during the Exchange Medium Command.
ErrEn
CartEl
An Error Encountered bit of 1 indicates an error occurred while the picker was enroute to this element.
A Cartridge in Element bit of 1 indicates the cartridge associated with this move is in this element.
UnexpMt
A Bad Find Home bit of 1 indicates the Find Home algorithm was started while the optical sensors were inoperable. (For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry algorithm.)
A Find Home Recalibration bit of 1 Find Home algorithm was invoked to recalibrate the mechanism
(For Byte 26, this attempt refers to Retry algorithm and for Byte 30 it refers to Recovery algorithm).
UnexpFl
CartInv
ElRty
An Element Unexpected Empty bit of 1 indicates this element was unexpectedly empty.
An Element Unexpected Full bit of 1 indicates this element was unexpectedly full.
A Cartridge Inverted bit of 1 indicates the cartridge is inverted from its state before the operation began.
An Element Required Retry bit of 1 indicates an operation in or out of this element required one or more retries.
Source Element
Number The Element Number to which the Source Element Bit
Map (Byte 35) refers.
Destination Element
Number The Element Number to which the Destination Element
Bit Map (Byte 38) refers.
Appendix B B-17
Autochanger Error Codes
Additional Sense Data Format for Error Recovery
Secondary Source
Element
Number The Element Number to which the Secondary Source
Element Bit Map (Byte 41) refers.
Second Destination
Element
Number The Element Number to which the Second Destination
Element Bit Map (Byte 44) refers.
Micro-Move
ID History The last five autochanger Micro-Move IDs for the original movement command prior to the failure. (See
Table C-2 on page C-17.)
Failed Micro-
Move ID Actual micro-move that failed. (See Table C-2 on page
C-17)
Micro-Move
Error Code The error code associated with the failed Micro-Move
ID. (See Table 5-11 on page 5-35.)
Vertical Motor
Commanded
Position The position to which the vertical motor was commanded.
Vertical Motor
Actual
Position The actual position of the vertical motor.
Horizontal Motor
Commanded
Position The position to which the horizontal motor was commanded.
Horizontal Motor
Actual
Position The actual position of the horizontal motor.
B-18 Appendix B
NOTE
Table B-7
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Errors are reported through the Request Sense Command
(03H), (Byte 19, Table 5-6 on page 5-14), the Log Sense Command (4DH), and the Receive Diagnostic Results Command (1CH), (Byte 1, Table 3-30 on page 3-34).
If an error is unrecoverable (i.e., something is broken or jammed beyond recovery without manual intervention), the Autochanger will take an additional step of attempting to identify the FRU that is causing the failure.
A routine that performs a process of elimination for various FRUs runs automatically. It attempts to isolate the error to three or less FRUs. If no error can be found (or if error recovery was made), the unit will return a
No Error status. If an error is found, a Hardware Error Code is returned when the command completes.
Up to three FRUs will be returned to aide service in replacement priority.
The FRU numbers returned are indicators for the most likely cause of an error, but may not be the actual cause of a problem. Simply changing the
FRU listed may or may not fix the associated problem.
Hardware Error Codes (medium and large models only)
Failure Description Error Code
(hex.)
05
06
07
0F
01
02
03
04
ROM checksum error
Register error
Microprocessor error
Controlled area of RAM checksum error
RAM test error
SCSI chip error
Jukebox controller chip error
Configuration module failure
Appendix B B-19
Table B-7
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes (medium and large models only)
Failure Description Error Code
(hex.)
36
38
39
3C
32
33
34
35
20
28
2B
2C
11
1E
1F
10
41
42
43
3D
3E
3F
40
Drive serial communications failure
Translate motor error
Vertical motor error
Drive configuration error
Plunge motor error
Mailslot sensor error
Top thumb sensor error
Bottom thumb sensor error
Invalid test number
Invalid configuration
Need to initialize element status
Exercise test failed
Elements reserved
Test can only be run from SCSI
Unable to run test
Move to
Flip
Translate
Put magazine in
Get magazine out
Test magazine
Put drive in
Get drive out
B-20 Appendix B
Table B-7
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes (medium and large models only)
Failure Description Error Code
(hex.)
50
51
52
53
4C
4D
4E
4F
48
49
4A
4B
44
45
46
47
5F
60
61
5B
5C
5D
5E
Test drive
Put mailslot in
Get mailslot out
Test mailslot
Rotate mailslot in
Rotate mailslot out
Test picker
Switch active picker
Restore picker
Find translate home
Find vertical home
Find plunge home
Clear flip area
Clear magazine path
Clear drive path
Clear mailslot path
Finish switch picker
Wait plunge
Wait vertical
Powerfail clear path
Powerfail restore cartridges
Repeater controller
External SCSI cables
Appendix B B-21
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Table B-8 Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
JUKEBOX CONTROLLER PCA ERROR CODES
00 No error
01
03
04
05
ROM checksum error
RAM test error
Microprocessor test error
Controlled area of RAM checksum error a
06
07
09
Illegal interrupt encountered by microprocessor
Illegal CPU exception encountered by microprocessor
Firmware error
SCSI INTERFACE-SPECIFIC ERROR CODES
0B SCSI controller register error
0C SCSI controller IC's RAM failed
10
11
12
0D
0E
0F
SCSI controller message error
SCSI controller command error
SCSI controller kill error
SCSI controller FIFO error
SCSI controller target sequence error
SCSI controller command sequence error
13 SCSI controller status sequence error
LOOPBACK ERROR CODES
18 SCSI connector loopback error in DBO or I/O
B-22 Appendix B
Table B-8
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
SCSI connector loopback error in DB1 or C/D
SCSI connector loopback error in DB2 or MSG
SCSI connector loopback error in DB3 or REQ
SCSI connector loopback error in DB4 or ACK
SCSI connector loopback error in DB5 or ATN
1E
1F
20
SCSI connector loopback error in DB6 or SEL
SCSI connector loopback error in DB7 or BSY
SCSI connector loopback error in DBP or RST
MULTIFUNCTION PERIPHERAL IC ERROR CODES
29
2A
RS-232 loopback data did not match what was sent (not supported)
Timed out waiting for RS-232 loopback data (not supported)
2B Timer A did not count down as expected (not supported)
MOTOR CONTROL IC ERROR CODES
2C Failed read\write test to Motor control IC
2D Motor control IC loopback test failed
2E Motor control IC RAM test failed
POWER SUPPLY ERROR CODES
33 Low voltage power supply failed
34 High voltage power supply failed
DRIVE CONNECT ERROR CODES
38 Drive 1 not connected
Appendix B B-23
Table B-8
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
39
3A
3EH
40H
41H
Drive 2 not connected
Drive 3 not connected
3B Drive 4 not connected
MECHANISM ERROR CODES
3CH Unspecified mechanical failure
Unspecified servo failure
Unable to free the Picker fingers in preparation for
Carriage motion
Unable to verify that the Picker is at the Home position during Find Home sequence (non-leadscrew side)
42H
43H
44H
45H
46H
Unable to find Home; Cartridge-in-path sensor blocked
Unable to clear Cartridge-in-path sensors by moving
Picker fingers back
Carriage motion failure during Find Home sequence
Unable to free the Picker fingers in preparation for translate motion
Carriage motion failed while initializing Home position during Find Home sequence
47H
48H
49H
4AH
Translate failed while moving towards non-leadscrew side during Find Home sequence
Carriage motion failed during Carriage/Picker assembly calibration (leadscrew side)
Carriage motion failed during Carriage/Picker assembly calibration (non-leadscrew side)
Motion error while determining orientation of the Picker
B-24 Appendix B
Table B-8
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
4BH
4CH
4DH
4EH
4FH
50H
No sensor found (V4.2 code only)
Failed flip motion during the Find Home sequence (V4.5 code)
Motion error while checking for cartridge in the Picker
Unable to measure height of sensor on left side
Unable to measure height of sensor on right side
51H
Excessive tilt of the Carriage/Picker assembly (away from the drives)
Excessive tilt of the Carriage/Picker assembly (toward the drives)
Excessive cone angle on Picker 52H
53H Excessive stack tilt
54H Unable to complete an interrupted move at power up
EXERCISER TEST ERROR CODES
55H
56H
57H
59H
5AH
5BH
Unable to find top of unit
Need to issue Initialize Element Status Command
Invalid test configuration
Exerciser unrecovered error
Invalid test configuration (elements reserved)
Initialize Element Status command failed
5CH Shipping Diagnostic run with cartridges in the mechanism
CALIBRATION SENSOR SYSTEM ERRORS
Appendix B B-25
Table B-8
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
64H
65H
66H
67H
6BH
6CH
60H
61H
Optical sensor failed (leadscrew side - near drives)
Optical sensor failed (non-leadscrew side - near drives)
62H Optical sensor failed (leadscrew side - near mailslot)
63H Optical sensor failed (non-leadscrew side - near mailslot)
CARTRIDGE-IN-PATH (CIP) SENSOR SYSTEM ERRORS
Intermittent CIP sensor beam (leadscrew side)
Intermittent CIP sensor beam (non-leadscrew side)
Path physically blocked (leadscrew side)
Path physically blocked (non-leadscrew side)
CIP LED failed (leadscrew side)
CIP LED failed (non-leadscrew side)
6DH
6EH
6FH
CIP sensor failed (leadscrew side)
CIP sensor failed (non-leadscrew side)
CIP sensor system failed
MAILSLOT/STORAGE SLOT ERROR CODES
B0H
B1H
Mailslot will not rotate
Inside Mailslot sensor failed
B2H
B3H
B4H
Mailslot will not accept or release cartridge
Storage slot will not accept or release cartridge
Outside Mailslot sensor failed
DRIVE ERROR CODES
B8H Drive #1 access error
B-26 Appendix B
Table B-8
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
B9H
BAH
Drive #2 access error
Drive #3 access error
BBH Drive #4 access error
SOLENOID ERROR CODES
BCH Drive #1 access failure; possible solenoid failure
BDH
BEH
BFH
Drive #2 access failure; possible solenoid failure
Drive #3 access failure; possible solenoid failure
Drive #4 access failure; possible solenoid failure
FRU DETECTION TEST ERROR CODES
C8H
C9H
Unable to gain proper servo control of the motors
Unable to move the Picker motor
CAH
CBH
CCH
Unable to move the Carriage motor
Unable to move either motor
Unable to find a hard stop while turning the Picker motor
CDH Unable to find a hard stop while turning the Carriage motor
CEH Excessive force required to move the Carriage leadscrew
MISCELLANEOUS ERROR CODES
D0H
D1H
FCH
FDH
Find magazine edge failed
Unexpected mailslot empty
The test can only be run from the Front Panel
The test can only be run from the SCSI interface
Appendix B B-27
Autochanger Error Codes
Hardware Error Codes
Table B-8 Hardware Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
FEH
FFH
The test did not run, probably a configuration error
Invalid test number a. For further explanation, refer to the next section "Additional Descriptions of
Hardware Error Codes."
B-28 Appendix B
NOTE
Table B-9
Autochanger Error Codes
Autochanger Move Error Codes
Autochanger Move Error Codes
These error codes ONLY apply to the model 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx jukeboxes.
Move Errors are reported through byte 18 of the Additional Sense Bytes
Request Sense Command (03H) in Table 5-6 on page 5-14.
Autochanger Move Error Codes
08
0A
0E
Error Code
(hex.)
00
Failure Description
02
04
06
10
12
18
1A
Failure occurred before any servo-controlled motions were attempted during Poweron Selftest.
Failure while Picker is not moving.
Failure while moving the Carriage/Picker assembly away from drives.
Failure while moving the Carriage/Picker assembly toward drives.
Failure while flipping the Picker.
Failure while translating the Picker assembly.
Failure while moving the Picker fingers back in preparation to translate.
Failure while moving the Picker fingers to engage the cartridge from the source storage element.
Failure while moving the Picker fingers back to remove the cartridge from the source storage element.
Failure while moving the Picker fingers forwards to insert a cartridge in the destination storage element.
Failure while moving the Picker fingers back after inserting a cartridge in the destination storage slot.
Appendix B B-29
Table B-9
Autochanger Error Codes
Autochanger Move Error Codes
Autochanger Move Error Codes
40
42
48
4A
50
52
Error Code
(hex.)
20
Failure Description
22
28
2A
30
32
38
3A
60
80
Failure while moving the Picker fingers forwards to engage the cartridge ejected from the drive (source).
Failure while moving the Picker fingers back to remove the cartridge from the drive (source).
Failure while moving the Picker fingers forwards to insert the cartridge into the drive (destination).
Failure while moving the Picker fingers back after inserting a cartridge into the drive (destination).
Failure while moving the Picker fingers forward to engage the cartridge in the mailslot (source).
Failure while moving the Picker fingers back to remove the cartridge from the mailslot (source).
Failure while moving the Picker fingers forward to insert the cartridge in the mailslot (destination).
Failure while moving the Picker fingers back after inserting the cartridge in the mailslot (destination).
Failure while rotating the mailslot actuator inward.
Failure to ensure that the mailslot rotated inward.
Failure while rotating the mailslot actuator outward.
Failure to ensure that the mailslot rotated outward.
Failure while the finding the home position.
Failure while calibrating the Carriage/Picker assembly.
Initializing element status failed while testing an element with a cartridge in the Picker assembly.
Failure to remove a cartridge from a source element.
B-30 Appendix B
Table B-9
Autochanger Error Codes
Autochanger Move Error Codes
Autochanger Move Error Codes
90
94
A0
A2
A4
B0
Error Code
(hex.)
84
Failure Description
88
Failure to leave a cartridge properly in a destination element.
An obstruction was encountered before the cartridge had been inserted the proper distance.
Source element unexpectedly empty.
Destination element unexpectedly full.
Front mailslot sensor failed.
Inside mailslot sensor failed.
Drive light stuck on.
Door interlock open.
Appendix B B-31
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
NOTE
Table B-10
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Errors are reported through bytes 50-55 in the additional sense bytes (Table 5-6 on page 5-14) of the Request Sense Command
(03H) and the "Log Sense Command (4DH)" with page code 33H. (See
Table 3-45 on page 3-47.)
For all models EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx.
Micro-Move Error Codes
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
04
05
06
0A
00
01
02
03
No error
Vertical over voltage exceeded limit set by firmware
Vertical over force exceeded limit set by firmware
Vertical servo error
Vertical timeout
Vertical open path
Vertical closed path
Plunge over voltage exceeded limit set by firmware
Plunge over force exceeded limit set by firmware
Plunge servo error
Plunge timeout
Plunge open path
Plunge closed path
Top picker expected to be active picker in plunge.
Runtime.
B-32 Appendix B
Table B-10
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Error Codes
24
25
26
27
20
21
22
23
28
29
1B
1C
1E
1F
14
15
16
1A
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
11
12
13
Bottom picker expected to be active picker in plunge.
Runtime.
Bottom thumb expected to be active in plunge home.
Powerup.
Top thumb expected to be active in plunge home.
Powerup.
Translate over voltage error.
Translate over force error.
Translate servo error.
Vertical open loop
No load complete
Translate open loop
No load complete
Unexpected load complete
Unexpected cartridge in drive
No cartridge in drive
Drive put in accept failed
Drive get out accept failed
Drive eject failed
Drive insert failed
Drive eject retry
Drive insert retry
Clear drive path
Drive signal (not used)
Appendix B B-33
Table B-10
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Error Codes
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
3F
40
41
42
39
3C
3D
3E
35
36
37
38
2A
32
33
34
43
46
47
48
50
51
Drive not connected
Magazine put in saturate failed
Magazine get out saturate failed
Magazine put in accept failed
Magazine get out accept failed
Magazine measure failed
Test magazine failed
Return magazine failed
Clear magazine path
Mailslot put in saturate failed
Mailslot get out saturate failed
Mailslot put in accept failed
Mailslot get out accept failed
Measurement of mailslot depth failed
Recovery did not clear vertical path.
Rotate mailslot in failed
Rotate mailslot out failed
Flipped too far
Did not flip far enough
Flip side incorrect
Failed to finish a translate
Extra force needed to translate
B-34 Appendix B
Table B-10
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Error Codes
5B
5C
5D
62
63
64
65
5E
5F
60
61
66
67
68
69
6A
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
5A
6B
6C
6D
Command received to rotate mailslot but both pickers are full
Back sensor in mailslot is bad
Front sensor in mailslot is bad
Command received to eject from the mailslot, but both pickers are full
Attempt to load from an empty mailslot
Engaging the mailslot failed on a rotate in
Disengaging the mailslot failed on a rotate in
Rotate in catch error (not used)
Rotate in push out error (not used)
Rotate in armed failed (not used)
Did not detect hard stop on a rotate in
Rotate in was too much distance
Engaging the mailslot failed on a rotate out
Disengaging the mailslot failed on a rotate out
Did not detect hard stop on a rotate out
Rotate out distance was too short
Could not move thumbs out of the vertical path after a rotate out
Vertical distance difference detected after error recovery
Cartridge in mailslot incorrectly at rotate in
Mailslot rotate in accept fail
Appendix B B-35
Table B-10
Table B-11
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Error Codes
Error Code
(hex.)
Failure Description
6E Test failed
Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
2
3
4
C
D
E
9
A
B
10
11
5
6
7
8
0
1
Error Code
(hex.)
Description
No error
Carriage motor drive voltage exceeded limit set by firmware.
Carriage motor overcurrent detected by hardware.
Carriage motor force exceeded limit set by firmware.
Picker motor drive voltage exceeded limit set by firmware.
Picker motor overcurrent detected by hardware.
Picker motor force exceeded limit set by firmware.
Low power supply during motion.
High power supply during motion.
Move stopped because cartridge-in-path beam blocked.
Cartridge not detected by cartridge-in-path beam.
Carriage motor not tracking properly.
Picker motor not tracking properly.
Carriage motor measured voltage less than expected.
Picker motor measured voltage less than expected.
Find origin failed.
Calibrate failed.
B-36 Appendix B
Table B-11
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
28
29
31
32
33
34
35
36
Error Code
(hex.)
12
13
14
15
16
20
22
23
24
25
38
Description
Diagnose FRU failed.
Initial recovery failed.
Find home failed.
Picker initialization failed.
Cartridge-in-path beams are blocked.
Failed to find hard stop at end of flip.
Failed to see sensor close at the end of translate.
Failed to move to the vertical position needed to engage the translate pin.
Failed to see sensor close at the start of translate.
Failed to see height sensor re-open after closing at the start of a translate.
The translate distance was too long.
The translate distance was too short.
Failed while checking for cartridge in a drive.
Failed to find a hard stop returning cartridge to storage after testing for presence of cartridge.
Failed while checking for cartridge in a storage slot.
Failed while checking for cartridge in the Picker.
Failed while checking for cartridge in the mailslot.
Could not free fingers after testing for a cartridge in a drive.
Failed to verify that cartridge exists after insert.
Appendix B B-37
Table B-11
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
71
72
73
4A
50
51
52
58
59
60
61
70
42
43
48
49
Error Code
(hex.)
40
41
Description
Failed finding the back of storage slot during retraction.
Failed to verify that a disk is in the storage slot on get using cartridge-in-path beams.
Not able to measure the depth of the storage slot.
Failed to free fingers from the storage slot.
Could not find the back of the storage slot after insert.
Failed to verify that a cartridge exists in the storage slot after insert.
Could not free fingers from storage slot after insert.
Could not find the back of the mailslot after get.
Failed to verify that a disk is in the mailslot on get using cartridge-in-path beams.
Not able to measure the depth of the mailslot.
Could not find the back of the mailslot after insert.
Failed to verify that a cartridge exists in the mailslot after insert.
Failed to rotate the mailslot in.
Failed to rotate the mailslot out.
Exhausted retries while attempting to get the drive to eject the cartridge.
Could not verify that the drive ejected the cartridge.
Could not free fingers from the drive.
No cartridge in drive.
B-38 Appendix B
Table B-11
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Micro-Move Error Codes (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx models ONLY)
Error Code
(hex.)
Description
74
75
76
77
78
No load complete.
Drive error signal.
Unexpected cartridge in the drive.
Unexpected load complete.
Exhausted retries attempting to get drive to accept the cartridge.
FC
FD
FE
94
95
96
FA
FB
79 Could not verify that the drive accepted the cartridge.
7E Inline recovery attempts exhausted.
Errors above here are counted in the runtime log as in-line.
Errors below here are counted in the runtime log as retries.
90
91
Drive access was disallowed because drive busy signal was active.
Drive light stuck off.
Outside mailslot sensor failed.
Inside mailslot sensor failed.
Mailslot rotation failure; possibly caused by operator.
Test drive insert retry.
Timed out waiting for drive to eject when testing for the presence of a cartridge; retry being attempted.
Retry being attempted on drive insert.
Retry being attempted on drive eject.
Mechanism error.
Appendix B B-39
CAUTION
NOTE
Table B-12
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Diagnostic Tests
The following tables describe the optical disk library diagnostic tests for all models, EXCEPT for 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx jukeboxes. See
Table B-13 on page B-44 for diagnostic tests for the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex,
and 220mx models.
Some diagnostic tests can result in a disk being placed into an improper storage slot. If this happens, the optical disk library file system is no longer accurate.
Not all tests listed in Table 5-12 on page 5-39 are supported on all HP jukebox models.
Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx)
No. Front Panel
Test Name
1
2
POWER UP
TEST
WELLNESS
TEST
5
10
11
INIT
MECHANICS
INIT ELEM
STATUS
EXERCISE
MECH
Description
Checks out the general capability of jukebox by running INIT MECHANICS test.
Checks out the general capability of the jukebox by running the INIT MECHANICS and
EXERCISE MECH tests. Requires one loaded cartridge; drive and mailslot must be empty.
Runs the FIND PLUNGE HOME , FIND VERTICAL
HOME , FIND XLATE HOME , and the INIT ELEM
STATUS tests, and rotates the mailslot out.
Functions the same as the SCSI Initialize
Element Status command. This test physically scans the entire unit to determine which storage slots contain disks and if the drives contain disks.
Runs VERTICAL TEST , TRANSLATE TEST , FLIP
TEST , MAGAZINE IO , DRIVE IO , and MAILSLOT
IO tests.
B-40 Appendix B
Table B-12
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx)
No. Front Panel
Test Name
12 VERTICAL
TEST
13
14
15
16
TRANSLATE
SENSOR
FLIP TEST
MAGAZINE IO
DRIVE IO
Description
Moves the disk transport mechanism up and down the full length of the rail. Returns
PASS/FAIL. No cartridges required.
Reports ON or OFF. Looks at translate sensor.
Makes a combination of moves with a PASS/
FAIL result. It does several flips at various locations. No optical disks are required.
Makes a combination of moves with a PASS/
FAIL result. It moves an optical disk from a randomly-chosen full to a randomly-chosen empty slot, with a random flip. It then moves the disk back to its original storage slot with its original orientation. This test displays
"FAIL" if there are no disks in the jukebox or if all storage slots are full. The drives and mailslot must be empty.
Makes a combination of moves with a PASS/
FAIL result. It moves an optical disk from a randomly-chosen full slot to a randomlychosen drive, with a random flip. It then moves the cartridge back to its original slot with its original orientation. This test displays if there are no disks in the jukebox or if all storage slots are full. The drives and mailslot must be empty.
Appendix B B-41
Table B-12
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx)
No. Front Panel
Test Name
17
18
20
21
22
24
25
26
Description
MAILSLOT IO
EMPTY DRIVES
PLUNGE FULL
SPD
PLUNGE 1/2
SPD
PLUNGE 1/4
SPD
FILL PICKER
EMPTY
PICKER
CLEAR SOFT
LOG
Makes a combination of moves with a PASS/
FAIL result. It moves an optical disk from the lowest-numbered full slot to the mailslot with a random flip. It then moves the cartridge back to its original slot with its original orientation. This test displays if there are no disks in the jukebox or if all storage slots are full. The drives and mailslot must be empty.
Moves cartridges out of the drive mechanism(s) and returns them to their storage slots.
Allows the disk transport mechanics to be run at full speed. This configuration should always be used when the jukebox is being used.
Allows the disk transport mechanics to be run at half speed. Use this configuration for diagnostic purposes only.
Allows the mechanics to be run at quarter speed. Use this configuration for diagnostic purposes only.
Moves an optical disk into the disk transport mechanism from the first storage slot containing a disk.
Moves an optical disk from the disk transport mechanism to its home storage slot location if that location is known, otherwise the disk is placed into the first available empty storage slot.
The runtime log (soft error log) is initialized to all zeros.
B-42 Appendix B
Table B-12
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Diagnostic Tests (EXCEPT for models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx)
No. Front Panel
Test Name
29
30
CLEAR HARD
LOG
VERTICAL
ENCODER
101
102
FIND PLUNGE
HOME
Description
Sets Information log 0, Autochanger Error
Log, back to zero.
Moves the disk transport mechanism up and down the full length of the rail. Returns
PASS/FAIL. No cartridges are required.
Runs mechanism recalibration, establishes which picker side is up, and determines the reference points in the picker travel path.
This test assumes that the mechanics and servo system are functional.
Recalibrates the vertical position and verifies that the vertical path is clear.
103
104
FIND
VERTICAL
HOME
FIND XLATE
HOME
PICKER TEST
Calibrates the translate position.
Flips the disk transport mechanism and switches active thumbs.
Appendix B B-43
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13
No. Test Name
1 Poweron
2
Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
Wellness Test
Description
Checks all digital data paths and normal machine operation. This sequence runs tests that are identical to those run when the optical disk library operation button is switched on.
When the test is requested via SCSI, the tests which cannot be executed over SCSI will be skipped.
Sequence Order:
• 3: Controller Test
• 41: Power Supply Test
• Motor Connection Test
• 5: Initialize Mechanism
Checks out the general capability of the
Autochanger. Requires one loaded cartridge; drives and mailslot empty.
Sequence Order:
• 1: Poweron Test
• 11: Mechanical Exerciser Test
B-44 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13
No. Test Name
3 Controller Test
5
Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
Initialize Mechanism
Description
This sequence is run by the Autochanger controller when the optical disk library operation switch is switched on to check out all paths, and operation of the servo motor and autochanger circuitry.
Sequence Order:
• 30: Processor Test
• 31: ROM Checksum Test
• 33: Non-Destructive RAM Test
• 32: RAM Checksum Test
• 34: SCSI Interface Controller IC Test
• 36: Motor Control IC Test
• 35: Multi-Function Peripheral IC Test
• 37: Drive Connect Test
Prepares the unit for movement.
Sequence Order:
• Initialize RAM variables to defaults
• 50: Find Home
Exerciser Tests
10 Initialize Element
Status
Performs the same function as the SCSI
INITIALIZE ELEMENT STATUS command. It physically scans the entire unit to determine which storage slots and drives contain disks.
Appendix B B-45
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13 Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No. Test Name
11 Mechanism Exercise
Test
12
13
14
15
Carriage Move Test
Translate Test (Not valid for the Model
10LC)
Flip Test
Storage Slot Test
Description
Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail result. This exerciser is actually a sequence of other exerciser tests — 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17.
This exerciser returns an error code #57H
Invalid Configuration if there are no cartridges loaded into the unit, or if any drive is full.
Requires one loaded cartridge, drives and mailslot empty.
Performs a combination of carriage moves with a pass/fail result. It moves the carriage assembly to the maximum distance away from the sensor on both sides. No cartridges are required.
Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail result. It performs several translations from various starting positions. No cartridges are required.
Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail result. It performs several flips at various locations. No cartridges are required.
Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail result. It moves a cartridge from a randomly- chosen full slot to a randomly-chosen empty slot, with a random flip. It then moves the cartridge back to its original storage slot with its original orientation. This exerciser returns an error code
#57H Invalid Configuration if there are no cartridges loaded into the unit, or if any drive is full. Requires one loaded cartridge.
B-46 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13 Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No. Test Name
16 Drive I/O Test
17
18
19
Mailslot I/O
Speed Factor Setting
Utility
Description
Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail result. It moves a cartridge from a randomly- chosen full slot to a drive, with a random flip. It then moves the cartridge back to its original slot with its original orientation. It does this once for each optical drive. Returns an error code #57H
Invalid Configuration if there are no cartridges loaded into the unit. Requires one loaded cartridge; drives must be empty.
Performs a combination of moves with a pass/fail result. It moves a cartridge from the lowest- numbered full slot to the mailslot with a random flip. It then moves the cartridge back to its original slot with its original orientation.
Returns an error code #57H Invalid
Configuration if there are no cartridges loaded into the unit. Requires one loaded cartridge; mailslot must be empty.
Allows the setting of the speed factor as the first parameter given. The speed factor determines how fast the system moves the mechanics. The number provides 1/Parameter speed (e.g.
Parameter=3 runs the motors at 1/3 of full speed). This test can only be run from the SCSI
Interface.
The maximum force log is initialized to all zeros.
20
21
22
Zero Maximum Force
Log
Set Speed Factor to
Full Speed
Set Speed Factor to
Half Speed
Set Speed Factor to
Quarter Speed
Allows the mechanics to be run at full speed.
Allows the mechanics to be run at half speed.
Allows the mechanics to be run at quarter speed.
Appendix B B-47
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13 Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No. Test Name
23 Shipping
Description
24
25
26
27
28
29
Fill Picker
Empty Picker
Zero Runtime Log
Set Minimum Retries
Set to Default Number of Retries
Zero Error Log
Moves the picker to the appropriate position in preparation for shipping.
Moves a cartridge into the picker from the first full storage slot.
Moves a cartridge from the picker to the first empty storage slot.
The entire runtime log is initialized to all zeros.
This sets the number of retries to 1. This may be set to see if the chosen test is doing what you want it to do. After you are satisfied that the test is what you want, run Test 28 which resets the number of retries to default values.
Resets the number of retries to powerup default values. Used after setting retries to 1 by Test 27.
Sets Information Log 0, Autochanger Error Log back to zero.
Electronic Core Tests
30
31
32
33
Microprocessor
Operation Test
ROM Checksum Test
RAM Checksum Test
Non-Destructive RAM
Test
Performs a functional check of the microprocessor. This test will shut down the servo system; a poweron sequence runs upon completion.
Performs a checksum verification of the ROM.
A checksum of the "Controlled" area of RAM is kept on an ongoing basis. This test verifies that the checksum is still valid.
Tests all of the controller's RAM, checking for data acceptance and retention. The test is nondestructive to RAM unless interrupted by power failure. This test will shut down the servo system; a poweron sequence runs upon completion.
B-48 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13
No. Test Name
34 SCSI Interface
Controller Chip Test
36
37
38
40
41
42
Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
Motor Control Chip
Test
Drive Connect Test
Control Panel Light
Show &Button Test
Power Supply Test
SCSI Connector
Loopback Test
(Interactive)
Optical Sensor Test
(Interactive if done through the control panel)
Description
Checks out operations of the SCSI interface controller chip. This test will not be run if initiated via SCSI, it reports PASS.
Exercises the registers of the motor control IC.
In order to perform correctly, this test shuts down the servo system.
Checks for expected drive configuration. This is done by polling the drive connect signal on each of the possible drives. This line is grounded at the drive end if a drive is connected. If the drives physically connected do not match the expected configuration then an error is reported.
Lights each portion of the display individually and then together. Requires pushing each front panel button to finish the test.
Looks at both the 12-Volt and the 24-Volt power supplies to verify that they are within limits.
The limits for the 12V supply are 11V and 13V and the 24V supply limits are 23.5V and 25.5V.
Performs a loopback through SCSI connectors, checking proper operation of the SCSI drivers, receivers, and cables. Requires an external loopback hood with terminator power. Will not run if it was initiated via SCSI; if so, it reports error FCH Test Did Not Run .
Checks the status of the optical sensors. Also checks the status of the mailslot sensor (see Test
43). "0"s are placed on the control panel display on the left and right of the display. The mark is an open zero if the sensor is not blocked, and a zero filled in with lit segments if a sensor is blocked. No FRU is returned.
Appendix B B-49
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13 Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
No. Test Name
43
44
50
51
Mailslot Sensor Test
(Interactive if done through the control panel)
Cartridge-in-path panel)
(Interactive if done through the control
Find Home Sequence
Carriage/Picker
Assembly Calibration
Test
Description
See the description for Test 42.
Displays max/min intensity and ambient readings for the left and right beams. You must enter a parameter to choose the beam to display
(0=left, 1=right). The following is an example of an error message for the right beam and how it is translated:
F0 is hexadecimal for 240
E1 is hexadecimal for 225
R means right beam
06 is the maximum ambient reading.
00 is the minimum ambient reading.
Intensity L/R Ambient
Max Min Max Min
240 225 R 6 0
Press CANCEL to stop.
50Find Home SequenceMoves the picker to a known "home" position. This test assumes nothing about the state of the mechanics. The
"home" location is the lower left position of the box. The servo system is initialized to the "home" location. It then automatically runs Test 51.
Runs the portion of the mechanism recalibration related to the optical sensors. It measures sensor offsets and calculates picker tilt and droop. This test assumes that the mechanics and servo system are functional.
B-50 Appendix B
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
Table B-13
No. Test Name
60 FRU Isolation Test
65
66
Sequence Tests (For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and 220mx ONLY)
Calibrate Magazines
Description
Assumes that something has physically failed, either electronic or mechanical. A series of special low-level tests are executed to select the three (or fewer) FRUs which are most likely to be at fault. Tests 30, 31, 33, 35, 36, 40, and 50 are executed as a part of the isolation process.
Calculates a min/max clearance for a magazine.
(The selected magazine should be empty.) The autochanger requires a disk in the mailslot. The test passes if clearance is 85 encoder counts (1 mm) up and down. (See Info 23 for actual values.)
If this test is run by SCSI command, set Byte 1 to the magazine number.
The test returns: PASS or FAIL.
Clears the value calculated in Test 65.
67
Clear Magazine Min/
Max
Calibrate Mailslot
68
Calculates a min/max clearance for the mailslot.
The autochanger requires a disk in the mailslot.
The test passes if clearance is 85 encoder counts
(1 mm) up and down. (See Info 23 for actual values.)
The test returns: PASS or FAIL.
Clears the value calculated in Test 67.
75
Clear Mailslot Max/
Min
UPS Test Tests whether or not the UPS is connected properly.
The test returns PASS if connected properly,
FAIL if the UPS is not connected properly or if there is no UPS connected.
Appendix B B-51
Autochanger Error Codes
Jukebox Micro-Move Error Codes
B-52 Appendix B
C Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
Appendix C C-1
Table C-1
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
Jukebox FRUs (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx)
FRU #
27
29
30
31
22
23
24
26
32
33
34
40
18
19
6
8
4
5
1
2
Description
Controller PCA
MO Drive
Interconnect PCA
Lower Interconnect Board
Stars Wars Board
SCSI LUN/Repeater PCA (Bus 1)
SCSI LUN/Repeater PCA (Bus 2)
Configuration Module
Display Panel
Vertical Motor Gearbox Assembly
Vertical Motion Motor
Magazine (8 slots)
Picker Assembly
Mailslot Assembly
Vertical Encoder Strip & Sensor
Magazines (6 slots)
AC/12V Power
AC/24V Power
Vertical Rope/Pulley System
Translate Frame
C-2 Appendix C
Table C-1
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
Jukebox FRUs (For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex, and
220mx)
FRU #
65
66
86
57
59
62
220
200
201
41
43
51
54
Description
Vertical Umbilical Cable
Translate Umbilical Cable
5/12 Power Cable
Drive Power Cable
Vertical Path-Clear Sensor Cable
Internal SCSI Cable
MO Drive Power Cable
Control Panel Cable
Interposer Cable
AC Power PCA
Media
Clear path blockage (no FRU)
Cartridge moved
Appendix C C-3
Table C-2
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
FRU #
25
26
27
22
23
24
1
4
20
21
32
34
35
28
29
31
36
37
38
39
40
Jukebox FRUs (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models
ONLY)
Description
Autochanger Controller PCA
Interconnect PCA
MO/MF Drive (single-ended)
Left Way
Display/Front Panel PCA
Carriage Motor
Front Panel
Picker Motor
Magazine
Picker
Power Supply Module
Mailslot Assembly
Optical Sensor Assembly
Carriage Lead Screw
Picker Motor Belt(s)
Carriage Motor Belt
MO/MF Drive Control ROM
Autochanger Controller ROMS a
Fan Assembly
Spring Bearing Block Assembly
Carriage Assembly
C-4 Appendix C
Table C-2
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
Jukebox FRUs (For the 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx models
ONLY)
FRU # Description
65
66
67
57
58
59
51
52
55
56
MO Drive/Controller Power Cable
5/12V Module Power Cable
SCSI Cable (internal)
Front Panel Address Cable
Motor Power/Encoder Cable
Motor Cable
Interconnect Cable
AC/24V Power Cable
Line Switch Cable
24V Power Cable
71 Mailslot Connector Cable
75 Interface Cable a. Code is downloadable into flash ROMs
Appendix C C-5
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
HP Field Replaceable Units (FRUs)
C-6 Appendix C
D Micro/Macro-Moves
Appendix D D-1
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
2
3
0
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
Vertical idle.
Move picker transport up. Fast.
Move picker transport down. Fast.
Move picker transport up slowly, looking for resistance.
Used in vertical find home sequence.
Move picker transport down slowly, looking for resistance.
Used in vertical find home sequence.
Move a small amount upward, to relieve tension in the servos. Used after finding "home" in the vertical find home sequence.
Make a small vertical movement as a plunge is made into a drive. Used to "wiggle" the picker during error recovery.
Vertical coarse measure (not used).
Move picker transport up to the top of the jukebox, checking for a clear path. Used in the vertical find home sequence.
Move picker transport to the bottom of the jukebox, checking for a clear path. Used in the vertical find home sequence.
Vertical fine measure (not used).
Vertical engage mailslot 1 (not used).
Vertical engage mailslot 2 (not used).
Vertical get mail duck (not used).
D-2 Appendix D
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
19
1A
1B
16
17
18
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
E
F
10
11
12
13
14
15
Vertical put mail duck (not used).
Vertical saturate home (not used).
Vertical relax home (not used).
Move slowly up far enough to establish that there is enough room to flip the picker. Used in the plunge find home sequence.
Move slowly down far enough to establish that there is enough room to flip the picker. Used in the plunge find home sequence.
Move slowly to the flip clear area (determined in micromoves 11 and 12). Used in the plunge find home sequence. Also used in power fail recovery to move the picker off of a cartridge that may have been between the picker and the magazines when the power failed and the picker settled.
Move slowly downward to the flip clear area (determined in micro-moves 11 and 12). Used in the plunge find home sequence.
Move vertically to restore the picker to the position it had before an error (and error recovery) occurred. Only called in error recovery.
Move up. Used in the motor test during powerup.
Move down. Used in the motor test during powerup.
Move fast vertically to initial element 1.
Move fast vertically to initial element 2.
Move fast vertically to initial element 3.
Move fast vertically to initial element 4.
Appendix D D-3
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
Translate idle.
Translate and saturate right.
Translate and saturate left.
Translate right.
Translate left.
Translate relax.
Translate calibrate.
Move slowly to one side of the translate frame. Used to find translate home during powerup. Movements after powerup use the translate home ID, 63.
Move to one side of the translate frame. Used to find translate home.
Plunge idle (not used).
Plunge move (not used).
Plunge saturate (not used).
Move a short distance back from the plunge position where an overforce shutdown error occurred. Relaxes the tension.
Retract the plunge assembly on the picker all the way back to find "home" in the plunge axis. May start a flip, depending on starting position. (One of three plunge find homes in the sequence; 68, 69, 6A.)
Retract the plunge assembly on the picker all the way back and flip the picker at the same time. Used to find
"home" in the plunge axis. (One of three plunge find homes in the sequence; 68, 69, 6A.)
D-4 Appendix D
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
Retract the plunge assembly on the picker all the way back and then flip the picker. Used to find "home" in the plunge axis. Second flip of the sequence. (One of three plunge find homes in the sequence; 68, 69, 6A.)
Plunge toward magazine to get cartridge.
First time plunge into magazine (first "get"). Feels for resistance to learn the distance to the cartridge when it is seated.
Retraction to pull the cartridge out of the magazine.
Plunge get magazine out 2 (not used).
First part of a two-step move to put a cartridge into a magazine. Puts the cartridge nearly all the way in. Next part of move is micro-move 70.
Second part of a two-step move to put a cartridge into a magazine. Continues movement of micro-move 6F and puts the cartridge in the rest of the way (the distance learned in micro-move 6C).
First time plunge into a magazine (first "put"). Feels for resistance to learn the distance to the cartridge when it is seated.
Retract picker plunge assembly after putting cartridge into a magazine. Assembly is retracted just far enough that the thumbs are clear of the picker vertical path.
Plunge put magazine out 2 (not used).
Plunge put magazine out 3 (not used).
First part of a two-step plunge move to put a cartridge into a drive. Cartridge is inserted to a point where the drive shutter arms start to engage.
Appendix D D-5
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
80
81
82
First time "put" plunge into a drive. Slow. Feels for resistance to learn the distance to the cartridge when it is seated.
First time "get" plunge into a drive. Slow. Feels for resistance to learn the distance to the cartridge when it is seated.
Fast "put" plunge into a drive (distance has been previously learned).
Retract picker plunge assembly after putting cartridge into drive. Assembly is retracted just far enough to that the thumbs are clear of the picker vertical path.
Plunge put drive out 2 (not used).
Plunge put drive out 3 (not used).
(Used in an emergency cartridge eject). Plunge toward a drive, stopping at a position close to the drive. This the wait position until the drive ejects the cartridge.
(Used in an emergency cartridge eject). Plunge to contact and get the cartridge from the drive. Follows micro-move
7C.
Log ID (no motion). Logs that picker is in position in front of drive, waiting for the drive to eject the cartridge.
Plunge forward to get cartridge from the drive. Thumbs wrap over the ears on the cartridge.
Retract a small amount o take up the slack between the picker thumbs and the cartridge ears.
Retract plunge assembly fully back into the picker.
Plunge get drive out 3 (not used).
D-6 Appendix D
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B
8C
8D
Flip during plunge when cartridge is in the top picker.
Flip during plunge when cartridge is in the bottom picker.
Plunge finish flip (not used).
Plunge test picker saturate with media (not used).
Short plunge out to test for a cartridge in the picker. If a cartridge is in the picker, the path clear beam will be interrupted. Used in an ISTAT.
Short plunge out to test for a cartridge in a magazine when the picker contains a cartridge. If resistance is felt, this is interpreted as a cartridge in the magazine. Used in an ISTAT.
Retract picker plunge assembly into the picker after executing micro-move 88. Used in an ISTAT.
Short plunge to test for a cartridge in a drive when the picker contains a cartridge. If resistance is felt, this is interpreted as a cartridge in the drive. Used in an ISTAT.
Plunge out. Used in error recovery. Is an attempt to push a cartridge out of the vertical picker path and into a magazine.
Retract thumbs back into the picker. Used in error recovery. Is an attempt to pull a cartridge out of the vertical picker path and into the picker. Either this micromove or micro-move 8D is used, depending on position of the picker at the start of recovery.
Retract thumbs back into the picker. Used in error recovery. Is an attempt to pull a cartridge out of the vertical picker path and into the picker. Either this micromove or micro-move 8C is used, depending the on the position of the picker at the start of recovery.
Appendix D D-7
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
99
9A
9B
96
97
98
92
93
94
95
9C
9D
9E
9F
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
8E
8F
90
91
Move picker plunge assembly out to rearm the picker mechanism before switching active picker.
Retract picker plunge assembly to a point just short of tripping the thumb selection mechanism. First of two steps (second step is micro-move 90).
Retract picker fingers all the way back. Trips the mechanism that makes the opposite thumb "active."
Move picker plunge assembly forward, away from the full retracted position. Clears the tripping mechanism and makes the new thumb "active."
Plunge picker diagnostic 1 (factory use only).
Plunge picker diagnostic 2 (factory use only).
Plunge picker diagnostic 3 (factory use only).
Plunge picker diagnostic 4 (factory use only).
Plunge picker back 1 (not used).
Plunge picker back 2 (not used).
Plunge find handoff distance 1 (factory use only).
Plunge find handoff distance 2 (factory use only).
Plunge find handoff distance 3 (factory use only).
Plunge find flip distance 1 (factory use only).
Plunge find flip distance 2 (factory use only).
Plunge find picker length (factory use only).
Plunge picker state 1 (factory use only).
Plunge picker state 2 (factory use only).
D-8 Appendix D
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
AA
Plunge finish home (not used).
Plunge finish saturate home (not used).
First of two plunge movements toward the drive during error recovery. Vertical movement is done before the second part of this movement (micro-move A3) is done.
Second of two plunge movements toward the drive during error recovery. Done after a small vertical movement is done to "wiggle" the picker.
Plunge out. Is an attempt to clear the vertical picker path during drive error recovery.
First part of a two-step move to fully retract the picker plunge assembly. Retract assembly almost all the way back. Next part of move is micro-move A6.
Second part of a two-step move to fully retract the picker plunge assembly. Continues movement of micro-move A5 and brings picker plunge assembly all the way back.
Move picker plunge assembly forward a small amount from full retracted position. Completes rearm of the picker mechanism.
Move to a position where the picker thumb sensor can be read. Used in the find plunge home recalibration.
Move to a position where the current active picker can be read. Used in the plunge home recalibration.
Fully retract picker plunge assembly to switch the active picker. One of three moves used to make the top picker the active picker during a picker recalibration.
Appendix D D-9
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
B2
Move picker plunge assembly forward a small amount to complete the rearm of the picker mechanism. One of three moves used to make the top picker the active picker during a picker recalibration.
Move picker plunge assembly forward to normal position after a active picker has been change by micro-moves AA and AB. One of three moves used to make the top picker the active picker during a picker recalibration.
Move the picker plunge assembly a small amount away from the flip mechanism so that the mechanism is rearmed for a flip. Used in a flip sequence.
Move the picker plunge assembly out a small amount from the full retracted position to relieve the pressure on the mechanism after a flip.
First of two moves to move the thumb to the magazine during an ISTAT when no cartridge is in the picker. Next move is micro-move B0.
Second of two moves to move the thumb to the magazine during an ISTAT when no cartridge is in the picker. Slow move to check for an overforce (cartridge in the magazine slot).
Retract picker plunge assembly back into the picker to a point where the thumbs can unsplay. Used during an
ISTAT, with no cartridge in the picker, when the thumbs are splayed and are they must be unsplayed.
Retract picker plunge assembly into the picker to a point just short of where the thumbs would be released and unsplay. Used during an ISTAT, with no cartridge in the picker, when the thumbs are splayed and must be kept splayed.
D-10 Appendix D
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
Retract picker plunge assembly back far enough to release the thumbs and let them go to an unsplayed position. Used during an ISTAT, and the thumbs are being returned to an unsplayed position after contacting, grabbing, and replacing the first cartridge.
Retract picker plunge assembly into the picker to a point just short of where the thumbs would be released and unsplay. Used during an ISTAT, and the thumbs are being retained in the splayed position after contacting, grabbing, and replacing the first cartridge.
Retract picker plunge assembly far enough to get the thumbs out of the vertical picker path. Used during an
ISTAT, no cartridge in the picker, and no cartridge was contacted in the first magazine.
Pull picker plunge assembly fully back to rearm a "put."
Enable the picker to replace the cartridge it picked up during an ISTAT.
First of two moves that put a cartridge back into the magazine after the cartridge is detected during an ISTAT.
Moves the cartridge almost fully into the magazine.
Followed by micro-move B8.
Second of two moves that put a cartridge back into the magazine after the cartridge is detected during an ISTAT.
Moves the cartridge fully into the magazine.
Second of two moves to test for the presence of a cartridge in a magazine during an ISTAT when there is a cartridge in the picker. Slow move to check for an overforce
(cartridge in the magazine slot). Follows micro-move BA.
Appendix D D-11
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
C0
C1
C2
C3
First of two moves to test for the presence of a cartridge in a magazine during an ISTAT when there is a cartridge in the picker. Fast plunge that places the en of the cartridge in the picker close to the magazine. Followed by micro-move B9.
Testing for media in picker. After the physical force check.
Retract picker plunge assembly after detecting a cartridge in the drive. Used in an ISTAT when there is a cartridge in the picker.
Retract picker plunge assembly to a point just short of where the thumbs would be released from their splayed position. Used if thumbs are splayed after checking magazines in an ISTAT.
Retract picker plunge assembly after inserting a cartridge into a drive.
Quickly retract the picker plunge assembly if an error occurred while inserting a cartridge into a drive.
Retract picker plunge assembly to a point where the thumbs are released and go to an unsplayed position.
Used in an ISTAT.
Insert cartridge into a drive, just past the shutters.
Distance has not been learned.
Insert cartridge into a drive, just past the shutters.
Distance has NOT been learned. Part one of a two-stage move. Used in the sequence to return a cartridge into a drive after an emergency eject during an ISTAT.
Insert cartridge into a drive, just past the shutters.
Distance has been learned. Part one of a two-stage move.
Used in the sequence to return a cartridge into a drive after an emergency eject during an ISTAT.
D-12 Appendix D
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
C4
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
CA
CB
CC
CD
Insert cartridge fully into a drive. Distance has been learned. Part two of a two-stage move. Used in the sequence to return a cartridge into a drive after an emergency eject during an ISTAT.
Insert cartridge fully into a drive. Distance has been learned. Additional push in case the drive acknowledge signal was not seen. Used in the sequence to return a cartridge into a drive after an emergency eject during an
ISTAT.
Insert cartridge fully into a drive. Distance has been learned. Part two of a two-stage move. Used in the sequence to return a cartridge into a drive after an emergency eject during an ISTAT.
Retract picker to rearm position to splay the fingers. Used when an error in the drive acknowledge signal is seen and a drive eject will be done and the thumbs must be in the splayed position.
Plunge thumbs out close to the end of the picker to get ready to "get" a cartridge. Done at the same time as vertical moves and in-transit translates and flips.
Same as micro-move C8 but is a retry (if needed).
Plunge rotate mailslot 1 saturate (not used).
Retract picker plunge assembly back far enough to clear the thumbs from the vertical picker path. Used after a cartridge is put in the mailslot.
Plunge out to clear the mailslot path. Distance has not been learned. Used in error recovery.
Short plunge out to fully seat a cartridge in the mailslot and to measure the distance of a fully-inserted cartridge.
Appendix D D-13
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
CE
CF
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
Plunge out to clear the mailslot path. Used in error recovery.
Retract picker plunge assembly in an attempt to clear the mailslot path. Used in error recovery.
Short plunge to push the cartridge to a fully seated position during a "get" to the mailslot. Distance is learned.
Short plunge during a mailslot "put." Ducks under the mailslot rotation mechanism and positions the picker so it can move up all the way to mailslot insertion position.
Short plunge to put the cartridge all the way into the mailslot.
Short plunge during a mailslot "get". Ducks under the mailslot rotation mechanism and positions the picker so it can move up all the way to the mailslot "get" position.
Plunge to get the cartridge from the mailslot.
Retract cartridge most of the way into the picker.
Positions the picker so that it can duck under the mailslot rotation mechanism during a "get."
Continue retraction in micro-move D5. Pull cartridge all the way back into the picker.
Retract thumbs to a point just inside the picker. Used to clear the vertical picker path during error recovery.
Plunge to a position where the mailslot rotation actuator can by pulled in.
Plunge to a position where the mailslot rotation actuator can by pushed out.
D-14 Appendix D
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
DA
DB
Move picker plunge assembly to a position where the mailslot rotation actuator can be engaged to rotate the mailslot out. Used when the state of the mailslot is unknown and must be placed in a known state.
Retract the picker plunge assembly a short distance to clear the thumbs away from the mailslot after rotating the mailslot out.
The following move IDs are only for 80fx, 160fx, 200fx, 160ex,
320ex, 400ex, 300mx, 600mx, and 700mx model jukeboxes.
DC
DD
Slow retract of the picker plunge assembly, pulling the mailslot in. Checks that the cartridge is in properly. First move of a rotate in.
Retract thumbs back into the picker after rotating the mailslot out.
DE
DF
E0
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Plunge rotate mailslot 3 (not used).
Plunge rotate mailslot 4 (not used).
Plunge rotate mailslot 5 (not used).
First of two moves rotating the mailslot in. Quickly retract the picker plunge assembly, pulling the mailslot most of the way in. Followed by micro-move E3.
Plunge out to rotate the mailslot almost all the way out.
Short retraction of the picker plunge assembly until pressure is felt. Used at end of rotating the mailslot in and ensures that the mailslot has been rotated fully in.
Short plunge out to relieve the pressure after rotating the mailslot in.
Short plunge out, feeling for pressure, to ensure that the mailslot is rotated all the way out.
Appendix D D-15
Table D-1
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For all models, EXCEPT 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
E2
E3
E4
DF
E0
E1
E6 Retract picker plunge assembly a short distance to relieve the pressure after micro-move E5.
The following move IDs are only for 330fx, 600fx, 660ex,
1200ex, 1200mx and 2200mx model jukeboxes.
DC
DD
DE
Mailslot finished move in.
Mailslot finished move out.
Mailslot pulled cartridge flush with front panel to check media present/media inserted correctly.
Mailslot starting a move in.
Mailslot starting a move out.
Mailslot in the middle of a move in or move out.
Mailslot approaching the end of a move in or move out.
Mailslot unexpected stop.
Mailslot start initialization after an error or at startup.
E5 Mailslot initialization successful.
E6 Mailslot end move with error; move not complete.
The following move IDs are for all model jukeboxes.
E7
E8
E9
On powerup, testing for motion in one direction on the plunge motor.
On powerup, testing for motion in the plunge motor.
Opposite direction than in micro-move E7.
Plunge out to clear the picker vertical path. Used when path is blocked during powerup.
EA Picker plunge assembly retraction to clear the picker vertical path. Used when path is blocked during powerup.
D-16 Appendix D
Table D-2
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
9
A
B
C
D
5
7
8
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
2
3
0
1
4
E
F
10
11
No motion; no commands pending
Carriage motion; full speed (away from drives)
Carriage motion; full speed (toward drives)
Carriage motion; move fingers forward during full speed
(away from drives)
Carriage motion; move fingers forward during full speed
(toward drives)
Full speed finger motion
Pull fingers back to depress flip button
Flip
Verify flip complete
Push fingers out to release flip button
Translate picker from non-leadscrew to leadscrew side
Translate picker from leadscrew to non-leadscrew side
Verify picker translated from non-leadscrew to leadscrew side
Verify picker translated from leadscrew to non-leadscrew side
Release forces after translating picker from nonleadscrew to leadscrew side
Release forces after translating picker from leadscrew to non-leadscrew side
Move fingers toward storage slot with intent to grab cartridge
Appendix D D-17
Table D-2
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
Detect cartridge in storage slot before grab, and during
Initialize Element Status
Take up the slack in the fingers before grabbing the cartridge
Pull cartridge back from storage slot
Push cartridge forward into storage slot
Detect cartridge in storage slot after insert
Pull fingers back from the storage slot after releasing the cartridge
Move fingers toward drive; prepare to grab cartridge
No motion; waiting for drive to eject the cartridge
Carriage shake; to assist the cartridge ejected from the drive to slide into the picker
Move fingers toward drive; with intent to grab cartridge
Pull cartridge back from drive
Insert cartridge into drive, until slider engages
Insert cartridge into drive, after slider has engaged
Push cartridge toward drive using short steps; look for drive to accept the cartridge
Drive failed to accept cartridge; pull cartridge back
Drive accepted cartridge, release cartridge and pull fingers back
Carriage motion during mailslot grab
Move fingers toward mailslot; with intent to grab cartridge
D-18 Appendix D
Table D-2
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
29
2A
2B
26
27
28
32
33
34
2F
30
31
35
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
24
25
2C
2D
2E
Detect cartridge in mailslot before grab
Take up the slack in the fingers before grabbing the cartridge
Pull cartridge back from mailslot
Carriage motion during mailslot insert
Push cartridge forward into the mailslot
Detect the cartridge in mailslot after insert
Pull fingers back from mailslot after releasing cartridge
Move leadscrew tab toward mailslot actuator arm before pulling mailslot in
Carriage motion toward actuator arm before pulling mailslot in
Move leadscrew tab to mailslot actuator arm before pushing mailslot out
Carriage motion toward actuator arm where mailslot is engaged before pushing mailslot out
Rotate the mailslot when rotational position unknown
Release tension on the mailslot rotate arm
Release tension on the mailslot rotate arm
Rotate the mailslot
Rotate the mailslot
Verify the rotation of the mailslot is complete
Rotate the mailslot when rotational position unknown
Appendix D D-19
Table D-2
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
36
37
38
39
3A
3D
3E
3F
40
41
42
43
44
Check for a cartridge in the picker, same motion is used to check for a cartridge in mailslot or storage slot when picker contains a cartridge
Move cartridge in or out of picker during test for a cartridge in a storage slot
Move fingers in or out of picker during test for a cartridge in a storage slot
Move cartridge in and out of picker during test for cartridge in the drive
Check for a cartridge in the drive
Move carriage to cartridge test position in front of drive
Verify the presence of a cartridge by pressing cartridge against drive face
Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out of a storage slot after insertion (towards drives)
Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out of a storage slot after insertion (away from drives)
Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out of a drive after insertion (towards drives)
Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out of a drive after insertion (away from drives)
Short carriage motion to check for cartridge sticking out of a drive during error recovery (towards, then away from drives)
Translate slowly to leadscrew side in FIND HOME sequence
D-20 Appendix D
Table D-2
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
Short translate after finding leadscrew side (toward nonleadscrew side)
Short carriage motion after finding leadscrew side (away from drives)
Carriage motion toward drives; looking for hard stop in
FIND HOME sequence
Short carriage motion away from drives after hard stop
Carriage motion away from drives; finding room to flip in
FIND HOME sequence
Fast carriage motion toward sensors to flip position
Carriage motion toward drives finding room to flip in
FIND HOME sequence
Fast carriage motion when flip position found in needed direction
Slow flips during FIND HOME sequence
Push fingers slowly out of picker after flips in FIND
HOME sequence
Check for picker belts in FRU Isolation tests, or slow finger motions during error recovery
Carriage motion toward drives; looking for hard stop before measuring carriage travel
Verify the maximum required carriage travel from sensors
Test for presence of cartridge in picker by pushing against hard stop
Long carriage motion during carriage/picker assembly calibration (Coarse measure)
Appendix D D-21
Table D-2
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
54
57
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
Short carriage motion during carriage/picker assembly calibration (Fine measure)
Error occurred while inserting cartridge, push cartridge farther into storage slot
Move fingers toward storage slot during storage slot recovery
Pull fingers back from storage slot during storage slot recovery
Carriage motion during drive recovery
Carriage motion during storage slot recovery
Carriage motion during drive insert recovery
Slowly push fingers out then into picker during drive recovery
Drive recovery
Drive recovery
Short carriage motions during drive recovery (wiggle motion)
Long carriage motion in drive recovery (toward, then away from drives)
Drive recovery, restore picker home in case of unexpected translate
Pull fingers back into picker during recovery.
Pull fingers back from storage slot during storage slot recovery
Carriage motion while testing for cartridge in drive during drive insert recovery
D-22 Appendix D
Table D-2
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move ID Table
(For models 40fx, 80ex, 125ex and 220mx ONLY)
Move ID
(hex.)
Description
67
68
69
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
Pull back fingers from drive after releasing cartridge; during recovery
Push cartridge towards drive, using short steps, look for drive to accept the cartridge; during recovery
Carriage motion; during initial recovery (away from drives)
Carriage motion; during initial recovery (toward drives)
Push fingers out of picker; during initial recovery
Pull fingers back into picker; during initial recovery
Carriage motion; during initial recovery (away from drives)
Carriage motion; during initial recovery (toward drives)
Checking for carriage motor belt in FRU isolation tests
Appendix D D-23
Micro/Macro-Moves
HP Surestore Optical Micro-Move IDs
D-24 Appendix D
E Disconnect Timeout Settings
Appendix E E-1
Disconnect Timeout Settings
Disconnect Timeout Settings
NOTE
Table E-1
Disconnect Timeout Settings
The following commands will cause a SCSI disconnect. It is useful to know what the maximum times for disconnect are so driver timeouts can be set appropriately.
In Table E-1 the maximum disconnect time is represented by the nominal
number of seconds plus the number of levels of error recovery times 60.
You can see the maximum time can be very long. An appropriate timeout may be a compromise between the nominal time and maximum time.
Timeout Settings
Command
Exchange Medium
Initialize Element
Status
Move Medium
Position To Element
Prevent/Allow Media
Removal
Read Element Status
Release
Reserve
Rezero Unit
Send Diagnostic
Rotate
5
5
10
120 a
10
10
120
600 b
5
Nominal
Disconnect
Time
(seconds)
Maximum
Disconnect
Time
Levels of
Error
Recovery
14
120
600 sec
600 sec
6
6
600 sec
600 sec
600 sec
600 sec
600 sec
600 sec
600 sec
600 sec
600 sec
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
E-2 Appendix E
Disconnect Timeout Settings
Disconnect Timeout Settings a. If the Read Element Status Command disconnects, it will perform movements identical to that of the Initialize
Element Status before sending the element status data.
Therefore, the timeout should be set the same as the
Initialize Element Status command.
b. The Send Diagnostic Command is different from the other commands in that there are a number of different tests that may be executed. Also, the test may be run in a loop. It is recommended that the host never run a diagnostic test in a loop so set the loop count to one and set the timeout to 10 minutes.
Appendix E E-3
Disconnect Timeout Settings
Disconnect Timeout Settings
E-4 Appendix E
Index
A abort 06H ,
Abort Tag 0DH addresses ,
,
arbitration phase ,
Attention Condition ,
autochanger configuration mode page (20H) ,
autochanger move error codes ,
B
Bus Device Reset 0CH ,
Busy 08H
C caching page 08H
,
Check Condition 02H
Clear Queue OEH ,
,
command complete ,
command complete 00H
Command Descriptor Block (CDB)
command phase ,
commands alphabetical list
drive control
numerical list
scsi overview
Condition Met 04H ,
Conditions ,
control mode page 0AH
,
conventions typographical ,
D data phase ,
device capabilities diagnostic tests ,
,
dip switch definitions locations ,
,
disconnect ,
disconnect 04H
disconnect timeout settings
disconnect-reconnect page 02H ,
drive control commands drive log data format
,
drive request sense command values ,
sense key values
DSP error codes
,
,
E element full/empty, sense code 3BH
erase (group 1) command (2CH) ,
erase (group 5) command (ACH)
error codes autochanger move ,
hardware ,
micro-move
error logs table format ,
exchange medium command (A6H) extended message 01H ,
,
F field replaceable units (FRUs)
flag ,
force log data format ,
format mode 03H - type 0 format mode 03H - type 1
,
,
format mode 04H
,
format unit command (04H) ,
G
Good OOH ,
Group 0 Commands ,
Group 1 Commands
Group 2 Commands
,
,
Group 5 Commands ,
H hardware error codes ,
Head of Queue Tag
I identity ,
Identity 80H-FFH
information transfer phase
initialize element status command (07H) initiator
initiator-detected error 05H
inquiry command (12H) ,
Intermediate Condition Met 14H
Intermediate/Good 10H ,
,
internal error codes ,
invalid address, sense code 21H
L link ,
linked command complete ,
Linked Command Complete (with flag) 0BH ,
1
Index
Linked Command Complete 0AH ,
log select command (4CH) ,
log sense command (4DH) ,
M medium types support page 0BH
medium types supported page 0BH ,
message in phase ,
message out phase
message phase ,
Message Priority Error 09H message reject
message reject 07H ,
messages
,
target-supported
micro-move error codes micro-move ID table ,
,
mode page 20H parameter default values ,
mode page parameter default values mode select (group 2) command (55H)
,
,
mode select command (15H)
mode sense (group 0) command
mode sense (group 2) command (5AH) ,
mode sense command (1AH)
mode sense device capabilities page (1FH) mode sense element address assignment
page (1DH)
mode sense transport element parameter page (1EH) ,
move history log data format
move medium command (A5H) move success log table format
,
N
No Operation 08H
O
ODC error codes ,
odometer log data format ,
offset values
Ordered Queue Tag
P position to element command (2BH) ,
pre-fetch (34H) ,
prevent/allow medium removal command
(1EH)
Q
Queue Full 28H ,
Queue Tag Messages (20H, 21H, 22H)
R read (group 0) command (08H) ,
read (group 1) command (28H) ,
read (group 5) command (A8H) ,
read buffer command (3CH) ,
read capacity command (25H) ,
read defect data (group 1) command (37H)
read defect data (group 5) command (B7H) ,
read element status command (B8H) ,
read long command (3EH) ,
read long command (DEH) ,
read-write error recover page 01H ,
read-write error recovery page 01H ,
reassign blocks command (07H)
receive diagnostic results command (1CH) ,
,
recovery log data format
RelAdr ,
release command (17H) ,
request sense
,
sense data for error recovery sense key values ,
request sense command (03H) ,
request sense data
request sense error codes
reselection phase ,
Reservation Conflict 18H
reserve command (16H) ,
Reset Condition ,
restore pointers ,
restore pointers 03H ,
retry log data format
rezero unit command (01H) ,
rezero unit ready command (01H) ,
rotate mailslot command (0CH) ,
run-time log data format
S save data pointer 02H ,
save data pointers
SCSI bus phases arbitration phase ,
command phase ,
data phase
information transfer phase ,
message in phase ,
message out phase
message phase ,
2
reselection phase
selection phase ,
SCSI command overview ,
seek (group 0) command (0BH) ,
seek (group 1) command (2BH) ,
selection phase ,
send diagnostic command (1DH)
,
sense code values ,
sequence tests
Simple Queue Tag
,
start/stop unit command (1BH)
Status Phase ,
synchronize cache (35H) ,
synchronous negotiation ,
T target device
target SCSI commands ,
target-supported messages ,
Target-Supported Status Codes ,
test unit ready (00H) ,
test unit ready command (00H)
transfer period values ,
typographical conventions ,
U
Unit Attention Condition ,
V vendor unique format page 20H vendor unique page 21H ,
verify (group 1) command (2FH)
,
verify (group 5) command (AFH)
,
,
W write (group 0) command (0AH) ,
write (group 1) command (2AH) ,
write (group 5) command (AAH) ,
write and verify (group 1) command (2EH) ,
write and verify (group 5) command (AEH) ,
write buffer command (3BH)
write long command (3FH) ,
write long command (DFH) ,
Index
3
Index
4
Copyright © 2001
Hewlett-Packard Company
Printed in U.S.A.
Edition 12/2001 www.hp.com/go/support
Printed on recycled paper
advertisement
Related manuals
advertisement